]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #12074 from poettering/io-acct
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 243 in spe:
4
5 * The "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to 4194304 by default,
6 i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up from the old 16bit
7 range. This should improve security and robustness a bit, as PID
8 collisions are made less likely (though certainly still
9 possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
10 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
11 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
12 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
13 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
14 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
15 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
16 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now only a
17 single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been concerns
18 that usability is affected by this change because larger PID numbers
19 are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digit PIDs to 7
20 digit PIDs is not too hampering for usability.
21
22
23
24 CHANGES WITH 242:
25
26 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
27 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
28 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
29 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
30 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
31 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
32 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
33
34 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
35 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
36
37 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
38 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
39 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
40 may be used to view this.
41
42 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
43 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
44 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
45 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
46 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
47 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
48 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
49
50 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
51 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
52
53 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
54 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
55
56 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
57 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
58
59 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
60 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
61 is a USB peripheral).
62
63 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
64 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
65 measured.
66
67 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
68 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
69 have privileges to do so).
70
71 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
72 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
73 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
74
75 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
76 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
77 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
78 namespace.
79
80 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
81 in which case environment variable substitution is
82 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
83
84 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
85 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
86 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
87 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
88 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
89
90 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
91 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
92 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
93 installed CPU cores.
94
95 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
96 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
97 kernel 4.15.
98
99 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
100 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
101 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
102 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
103 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
104
105 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
106 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
107 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
108
109 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
110 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
111 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
112 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
113 enslaved devices is not operational.
114
115 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
116 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
117
118 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
119 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
120 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
121 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
122 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
123 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
124
125 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
126 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
127
128 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
129
130 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
131 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
132 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
133
134 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
135 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
136
137 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
138 configure CAN triple sampling.
139
140 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
141 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
142
143 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
144 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
145 details.
146
147 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
148 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
149 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
150 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
151 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
152 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
153
154 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
155
156 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
157 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
158 controlling project quota inheritance.
159
160 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
161 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
162 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
163 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
164 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
165 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
166 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
167 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
168 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
169 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
170 partition.
171
172 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
173 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
174 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
175 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
176 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
177
178 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
179 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
180
181 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
182 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
183 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
184 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
185 be used in production yet.
186
187 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
188 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
189 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
190 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
191 input, output, and error are set up.
192
193 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
194
195 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
196 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
197 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
198
199 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
200 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
201 the specified expression will elapse next.
202
203 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
204 introspection data.
205
206 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
207 the reboot() system call expects.
208
209 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
210 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
211 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
212
213 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
214 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
215 ConditionVirtualization=).
216
217 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
218 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
219 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
220 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
221 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
222 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
223 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
224 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
225 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
226 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
227 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
228 during reboot with their own operations.
229
230 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
231 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
232 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
233 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
234
235 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
236 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
237 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
238 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
239 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
240
241 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
242 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
243
244 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
245 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
246 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
247 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
248 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
249 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
250 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
251 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
252 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
253
254 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
255 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
256 prohibited.
257
258 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
259 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
260 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
261 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
262 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
263 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
264 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
265 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
266
267 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
268 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
269 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
270 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
271 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
272 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
273 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
274 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
275 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
276 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
277 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
278 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
279 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
280 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
281 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
282 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
283 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
284 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
285
286 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
287
288 CHANGES WITH 241:
289
290 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
291 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
292 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
293
294 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
295 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
296 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
297 include the package release information.
298
299 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
300 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
301 option.
302
303 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
304 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
305 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
306
307 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
308 again.
309
310 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
311 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
312 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
313 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
314 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
315 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
316 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
317 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
318 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
319 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
320 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
321 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
322 installed .link files to *not* include it.
323
324 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
325 "persistent", now works again as documented.
326
327 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
328 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
329
330 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
331 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
332 used for side-channel attacks.
333
334 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
335 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
336 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
337
338 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
339 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
340 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
341 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
342 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
343 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
344
345 fs.protected_regular = 0
346 fs.protected_fifos = 0
347
348 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
349 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
350
351 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
352 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
353 POSIX shells.
354
355 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
356 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
357
358 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
359 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
360 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
361 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
362 points but otherwise empty.
363
364 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
365 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
366 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
367
368 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
369 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
370
371 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
372 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
373
374 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
375 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
376 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
377 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
378 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
379 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
380 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
381 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
382 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
383 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
384 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
385 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
386 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
387 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
388 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
389 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
390 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
391
392 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
393
394 CHANGES WITH 240:
395
396 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
397 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
398 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
399 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
400 an SELinux policy update is required.
401 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
402
403 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
404 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
405 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
406 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
407 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
408 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
409 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
410 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
411 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
412 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
413
414 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
415 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
416 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
417 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
418 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
419 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
420 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
421 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
422 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
423 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
424 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
425 the search path.
426
427 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
428 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
429 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
430 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
431 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
432 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
433 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
434 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
435 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
436 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
437 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
438 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
439 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
440 start job.
441
442 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
443 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
444 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
445 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
446 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
447 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
448 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
449 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
450 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
451 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
452
453 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
454 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
455 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
456 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
457 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
458 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
459 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
460 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
461 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
462 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
463 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
464 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
465 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
466 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
467 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
468 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
469 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
470 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
471 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
472 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
473 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
474 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
475 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
476 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
477 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
478 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
479 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
480 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
481 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
482 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
483 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
484 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
485 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
486 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
487 Java.)
488
489 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
490 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
491 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
492 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
493 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
494 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
495 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
496 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
497 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
498 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
499
500 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
501 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
502 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
503 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
504 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
505 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
506
507 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
508 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
509 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
510 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
511 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
512
513 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
514 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
515
516 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
517 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
518 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
519
520 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
521 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
522
523 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
524 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
525 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
526
527 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
528 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
529 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
530 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
531 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
532 latency.
533
534 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
535 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
536
537 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
538 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
539 instance part of a unit name.
540
541 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
542 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
543 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
544 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
545 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
546 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
547 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
548 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
549 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
550
551 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
552 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
553 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
554 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
555
556 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
557 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
558 to a file, and appending to it.
559
560 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
561 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
562 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
563 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
564 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
565 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
566
567 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
568 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
569 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
570 having to touch C code.
571
572 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
573 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
574
575 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
576 DNS-over-TLS.
577
578 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
579 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
580 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
581
582 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
583 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
584 until the system finished start-up.
585
586 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
587
588 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
589 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
590 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
591 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
592 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
593 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
594 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
595
596 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
597 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
598 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
599 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
600 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
601 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
602 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
603 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
604 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
605 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
606 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
607 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
608
609 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
610 instantiate services.
611
612 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
613 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
614
615 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
616 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
617 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
618
619 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
620 it is neither used nor maintained.
621
622 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
623 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
624 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
625 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
626 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
627 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
628 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
629 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
630 separated by colons.
631
632 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
633 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
634
635 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
636 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
637
638 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
639 "ethtool advertise" commands.
640
641 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
642 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
643 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
644 directly.
645
646 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
647 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
648 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
649 ID.
650
651 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
652 and generate various 128bit IDs.
653
654 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
655 and LOGO=.
656
657 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
658 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
659 from any hibernated image.
660
661 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
662 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
663 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
664 kernel exports them.
665
666 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
667 /usr/bin/.
668
669 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
670 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
671 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
672 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
673 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
674 now documented here:
675
676 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
677
678 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
679 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
680 installs during early boot.
681
682 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
683 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
684
685 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
686 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
687
688 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
689 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
690 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
691
692 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
693 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
694 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
695 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
696 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
697 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
698 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
699 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
700 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
701 is on AC power.
702
703 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
704 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
705 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
706 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
707 see:
708
709 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
710
711 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
712 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
713 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
714 and container environments.
715
716 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
717 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
718 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
719 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
720
721 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
722 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
723 journald per-service.
724
725 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
726 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
727
728 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
729 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
730 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
731 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
732
733 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
734 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
735 groups.
736
737 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
738 --ephemeral command line switch.
739
740 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
741 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
742 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
743 object itself.
744
745 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
746 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
747 not unloaded).
748
749 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
750 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
751 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
752
753 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
754 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
755 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
756 too. A taged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
757 "dead" state on success.
758
759 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
760 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
761 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
762 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
763 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
764 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
765 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
766 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
767 well-defined system service context.
768
769 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
770 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
771 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
772 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
773
774 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
775 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
776 continue to be used.
777
778 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
779 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
780 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
781 for example:
782
783 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
784
785 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
786 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
787 the command line's exit code.
788
789 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
790
791 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
792
793 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
794 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
795 support to systemctl and all other commands.
796
797 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
798 name as argument.
799
800 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
801 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
802 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
803 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
804 is improved.
805
806 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
807 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
808 initialize one to all 0xFF.
809
810 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
811 all files and directories listed in
812 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
813 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
814 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
815 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
816 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
817 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
818 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
819 the transition to the host OS.
820
821 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
822 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
823 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
824 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
825 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
826 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
827 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
828 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
829 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
830 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
831 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
832 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
833 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
834 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
835 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
836 these are opened they don't work.
837
838 At this point is is recommended that container managers utilizing
839 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
840 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
841 logic works again.
842
843 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
844 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
845 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
846 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
847 ignore it.
848
849 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
850 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
851 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
852 commands.
853
854 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
855 pam_systemd anymore.
856
857 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
858 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
859 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
860 policy took effect.
861
862 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
863 python-3.5.
864
865 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
866 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
867 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
868 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
869 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
870 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
871 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
872 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
873 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
874 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
875 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
876 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
877 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
878 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
879 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
880 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
881 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
882 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
883 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
884 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
885 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
886 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
887 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
888 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
889 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
890 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
891 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
892 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
893 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
894 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
895 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
896 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
897 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
898 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
899 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
900 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
901 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
902 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
903 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
904 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
905 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
906 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
907 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
908 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
909 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
910
911 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
912
913 CHANGES WITH 239:
914
915 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
916 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
917 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
918 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
919 a slot number associated.
920
921 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
922 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
923 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
924 independent.
925
926 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
927 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
928 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
929
930 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
931 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
932 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
933 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
934
935 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
936 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
937 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
938 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
939 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
940 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
941 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
942 e.g. NIS.
943
944 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
945 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
946 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
947 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
948 may be necessary to update the file.
949
950 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
951 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
952 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
953 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
954 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
955 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
956 documentation.
957
958 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
959 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
960 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
961 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
962 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
963 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
964 them.
965
966 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
967 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
968 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
969 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
970 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
971
972 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
973 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
974 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
975 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
976 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
977 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
978 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
979 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
980
981 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
982 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
983 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
984 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
985 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
986
987 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
988 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
989 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
990 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
991 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
992
993 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
994 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
995 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
996
997 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
998 that embedd a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
999 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
1000 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
1001 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
1002 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
1003 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
1004 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
1005 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
1006 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
1007 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
1008 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
1009 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
1010 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
1011 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
1012 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
1013 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
1014 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
1015 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
1016 from.
1017
1018 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
1019 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
1020 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
1021 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
1022
1023 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
1024 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
1025 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
1026 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
1027
1028 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
1029 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
1030 hibernates again.
1031
1032 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
1033 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
1034
1035 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
1036 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
1037 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
1038
1039 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
1040 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
1041 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
1042 was not configurable and set to 512.
1043
1044 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
1045 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
1046 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
1047 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
1048 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
1049 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
1050 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
1051 in particular su and sudo.
1052
1053 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
1054 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
1055 synchronization has been received from the network. This
1056 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
1057 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
1058 services.
1059
1060 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
1061 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
1062 files should work for hibernation now.
1063
1064 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
1065 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
1066 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
1067 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
1068 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
1069 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
1070 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
1071 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
1072 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
1073 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
1074 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
1075 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
1076 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
1077 name following the last dash.
1078
1079 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
1080 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
1081 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
1082 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
1083 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
1084
1085 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
1086 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
1087 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
1088 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
1089 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
1090 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
1091
1092 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
1093 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
1094 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
1095 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
1096
1097 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
1098 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
1099 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
1100 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
1101 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
1102
1103 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
1104 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
1105 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
1106 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
1107 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
1108 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
1109 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
1110 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
1111 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
1112 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
1113 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
1114 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
1115 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
1116
1117 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
1118 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
1119 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
1120 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
1121 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
1122 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
1123 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
1124 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
1125 settings.
1126
1127 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
1128 expiration feature, if it is available.
1129
1130 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
1131 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
1132 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
1133
1134 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
1135 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
1136
1137 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
1138
1139 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
1140 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
1141
1142 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
1143 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
1144 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
1145 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
1146 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
1147 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
1148 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
1149 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
1150 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
1151 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
1152 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
1153
1154 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
1155 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
1156 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
1157 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
1158
1159 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
1160 about its state.
1161
1162 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
1163 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
1164 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
1165 "timedatectl set-ntp".
1166
1167 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
1168 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
1169 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
1170 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
1171 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
1172 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
1173 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
1174 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
1175 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
1176 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
1177 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
1178
1179 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
1180 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
1181
1182 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
1183 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
1184 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
1185 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
1186 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
1187 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
1188
1189 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
1190 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
1191 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
1192 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
1193 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
1194 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
1195 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
1196
1197 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
1198 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
1199 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
1200 shown.)
1201
1202 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
1203 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
1204 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
1205 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
1206 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
1207 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
1208 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
1209 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
1210 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
1211
1212 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
1213 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
1214 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
1215
1216 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
1217 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
1218 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
1219 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
1220 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
1221 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
1222 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
1223 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
1224
1225 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
1226
1227 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
1228 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
1229 automatically when the system clock changed.)
1230
1231 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
1232 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
1233
1234 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
1235 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
1236 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
1237
1238 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
1239
1240 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
1241
1242 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
1243 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
1244
1245 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
1246 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
1247 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
1248 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
1249 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
1250 external user databases.
1251
1252 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
1253 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
1254 refused due to the enforced limits.
1255
1256 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
1257 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
1258 manages.
1259
1260 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
1261 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
1262 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
1263 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
1264 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
1265 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
1266 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
1267 wher this is now used by default.
1268
1269 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
1270 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
1271
1272 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
1273 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
1274 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
1275 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
1276 update process in a generic way.
1277
1278 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
1279
1280 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
1281 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
1282 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
1283 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
1284 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
1285 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
1286 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
1287 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
1288 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
1289 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
1290 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
1291 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
1292 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
1293 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
1294 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
1295 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
1296 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
1297 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
1298 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
1299 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
1300 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
1301 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
1302 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
1303 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
1304 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
1305 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
1306 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
1307 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
1308 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1309
1310 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
1311
1312 CHANGES WITH 238:
1313
1314 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
1315 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
1316 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
1317 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
1318 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
1319 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
1320 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
1321 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
1322 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
1323 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
1324 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
1325 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
1326 to revert this change.
1327
1328 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
1329 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
1330 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
1331 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
1332 once at the end of the transaction.
1333
1334 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
1335 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
1336 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
1337 scripts.
1338
1339 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
1340 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
1341 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
1342 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
1343 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
1344 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
1345 still allowing local admin overrides.
1346
1347 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
1348 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
1349 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
1350
1351 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
1352 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
1353 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
1354 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
1355 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
1356
1357 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
1358 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
1359 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
1360 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
1361 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
1362 from package installation scripts.
1363
1364 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
1365 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
1366 without the user number ("u username -:456").
1367
1368 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
1369 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
1370
1371 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
1372 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
1373 /sbin/nologin for other users).
1374
1375 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
1376 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
1377 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
1378 --systemd, --user, or --global).
1379
1380 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
1381 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
1382 which are triggered meanwhile).
1383
1384 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
1385 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
1386 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
1387 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
1388 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
1389
1390 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
1391 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
1392 rotated very quickly.
1393
1394 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
1395 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
1396 pending bus messages.
1397
1398 * systemd gained a new
1399 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
1400 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
1401 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
1402 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
1403 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
1404 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
1405 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
1406 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
1407 session scope.
1408
1409 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
1410 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
1411 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
1412 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
1413 the tree to be accessed.
1414
1415 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
1416 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
1417 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
1418
1419 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
1420 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
1421 to keys in the main keyring.
1422
1423 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
1424
1425 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
1426 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
1427
1428 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
1429
1430 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
1431 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
1432 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
1433 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
1434 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
1435 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
1436 explicitly.
1437
1438 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
1439 the colour of "OK" status messages.
1440
1441 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
1442 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
1443 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
1444 be restarted.
1445
1446 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
1447 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
1448
1449 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
1450 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
1451 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
1452 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
1453 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
1454 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
1455 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
1456 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1457 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
1458 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
1459 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
1460 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
1461 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1462 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1463 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
1464 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
1465
1466 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
1467
1468 CHANGES WITH 237:
1469
1470 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
1471 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
1472 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
1473 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
1474
1475 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
1476 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
1477 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
1478 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
1479 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
1480 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
1481 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
1482 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
1483 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
1484 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
1485
1486 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
1487 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
1488 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
1489 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
1490 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
1491 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
1492 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
1493 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
1494 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
1495 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
1496
1497 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
1498 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
1499 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
1500 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
1501 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
1502 now provides explicit control.
1503
1504 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
1505 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
1506 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
1507 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
1508 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
1509 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
1510 unit types that already supported transient operation.
1511
1512 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
1513 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
1514 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
1515
1516 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
1517 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
1518
1519 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
1520 .network files all gained support for a new condition
1521 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
1522 versions.
1523
1524 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
1525 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
1526 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
1527 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
1528 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
1529 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
1530 understands RapidCommit=.
1531
1532 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
1533 Delegation.
1534
1535 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
1536 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
1537 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
1538 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
1539 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
1540 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
1541 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
1542 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
1543 --watch-bind= command line switch.
1544
1545 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
1546 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
1547 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
1548 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
1549 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
1550 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
1551 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
1552 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
1553 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
1554 "Disconnected" signals).
1555
1556 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
1557 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
1558 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
1559 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
1560 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
1561 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
1562 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
1563 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
1564 round-trips are removed.
1565
1566 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
1567 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
1568 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
1569 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
1570
1571 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
1572 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
1573 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
1574 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
1575 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
1576 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
1577
1578 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
1579 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
1580 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
1581 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
1582 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
1583 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
1584 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
1585 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
1586 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
1587 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
1588
1589 * sd-event gained a new call pair
1590 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
1591 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
1592 when the event source is destroyed.
1593
1594 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
1595 connections.
1596
1597 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
1598 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
1599 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
1600 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
1601 new transitional flag file has been added: if
1602 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
1603 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
1604
1605 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
1606 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
1607 manager.
1608
1609 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
1610 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
1611 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
1612 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
1613 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
1614
1615 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
1616 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
1617 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
1618 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
1619 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
1620 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
1621
1622 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
1623 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
1624 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
1625 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
1626 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
1627 level/target is given as an argument.
1628
1629 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
1630 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
1631 where UID and GID do not match.
1632
1633 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
1634 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
1635 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
1636 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
1637 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1638 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
1639 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
1640 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
1641 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
1642 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
1643 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
1644 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
1645 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
1646 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
1647 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
1648 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
1649 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
1650 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
1651 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
1652 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
1653 Палаузов
1654
1655 — Brno, 2018-01-28
1656
1657 CHANGES WITH 236:
1658
1659 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
1660 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
1661 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
1662 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
1663
1664 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
1665 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
1666 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
1667 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
1668 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
1669 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
1670 valid specifiers today.)
1671
1672 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
1673 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
1674 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
1675 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
1676 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
1677 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
1678
1679 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
1680 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
1681 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
1682 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
1683
1684 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
1685 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
1686 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
1687 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
1688 services are resolved properly.
1689
1690 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
1691 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
1692 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
1693 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
1694 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
1695 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
1696 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
1697 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
1698 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
1699 and btrfs.
1700
1701 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
1702 DNS server and domain information.
1703
1704 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
1705 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
1706 runtime.
1707
1708 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
1709 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
1710 empty for the first time.
1711
1712 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
1713 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
1714 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
1715 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
1716 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
1717 running in the user session.
1718
1719 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
1720 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
1721 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
1722 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
1723 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
1724 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
1725 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
1726 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
1727 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
1728 user instance).
1729
1730 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
1731 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
1732
1733 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
1734 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
1735 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
1736 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
1737
1738 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
1739 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
1740
1741 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
1742 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
1743 sleep verbs.
1744
1745 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
1746
1747 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
1748 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
1749
1750 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
1751
1752 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
1753 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
1754 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
1755
1756 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
1757 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
1758 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
1759 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
1760 instance.
1761
1762 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
1763 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
1764 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
1765
1766 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
1767 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
1768 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
1769
1770 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
1771
1772 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
1773 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
1774 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
1775 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
1776 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
1777 processes.
1778
1779 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
1780 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
1781 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
1782 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
1783
1784 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
1785 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
1786 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
1787
1788 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
1789 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
1790 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
1791 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
1792 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
1793
1794 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
1795 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
1796
1797 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
1798 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
1799 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
1800 time the specified expression would elapse.
1801
1802 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
1803 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
1804 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
1805 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
1806 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
1807 types, not just services.
1808
1809 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
1810 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
1811 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
1812 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
1813
1814 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
1815 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
1816 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
1817 interface for this purpose.
1818
1819 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
1820 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
1821 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
1822 anyway.
1823
1824 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
1825 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
1826 requirements of systemd.
1827
1828 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
1829 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
1830 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
1831
1832 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
1833 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
1834 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
1835 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
1836
1837 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
1838 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
1839 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
1840 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
1841
1842 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
1843 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
1844
1845 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
1846 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
1847 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
1848 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
1849 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
1850 managing software supports (such as pppd).
1851
1852 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
1853 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
1854 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
1855
1856 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
1857 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
1858 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
1859 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
1860 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
1861 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
1862 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
1863 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
1864 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
1865 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
1866 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
1867 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
1868 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
1869 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
1870 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
1871 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
1872 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
1873 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1874 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
1875 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
1876 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
1877 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1878 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1879
1880 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
1881
1882 CHANGES WITH 235:
1883
1884 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
1885 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
1886 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
1887 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
1888 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
1889 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
1890 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
1891 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
1892 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
1893 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
1894 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
1895 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
1896 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
1897 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
1898 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
1899 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
1900 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
1901 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
1902 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
1903 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
1904 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
1905 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
1906 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
1907 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
1908 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
1909 IPAddressDeny= see below.
1910
1911 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
1912 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
1913 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
1914 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
1915 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
1916 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
1917 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
1918 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
1919
1920 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
1921 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
1922 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
1923 used to change those values.
1924
1925 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
1926 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
1927 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
1928 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
1929 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
1930 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
1931
1932 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
1933 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
1934 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
1935 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
1936
1937 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
1938 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
1939 one top-level directory.
1940
1941 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1942 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
1943 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
1944 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
1945 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
1946 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
1947 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
1948 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
1949 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
1950 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
1951 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
1952 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
1953 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
1954 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
1955 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
1956
1957 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
1958 Meson-only.
1959
1960 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
1961 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
1962 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
1963 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
1964 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
1965 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
1966 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
1967 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
1968 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
1969 acceptable to us.
1970
1971 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
1972 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
1973 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
1974 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
1975 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
1976 requested at build time.
1977
1978 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
1979 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
1980 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
1981 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
1982 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
1983 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
1984 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
1985 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
1986 Type= setting which permits configuring
1987 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
1988
1989 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
1990 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
1991 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
1992 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
1993 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
1994 local frames between bridge ports.
1995
1996 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
1997 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
1998 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
1999
2000 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
2001 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
2002
2003 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
2004 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
2005 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
2006 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
2007
2008 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
2009 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
2010 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
2011 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
2012 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
2013 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
2014 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
2015 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
2016
2017 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
2018 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
2019 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
2020 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
2021 command.)
2022
2023 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
2024 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
2025 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
2026
2027 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
2028 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
2029 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
2030 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
2031
2032 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
2033 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
2034 configured, except for the credentials applied by
2035 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
2036 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
2037 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
2038 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
2039 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
2040 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
2041 on systems where this is not supported.
2042
2043 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
2044 sockets.
2045
2046 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
2047 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
2048 during runtime.
2049
2050 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
2051 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
2052 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
2053
2054 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
2055 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
2056 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
2057
2058 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
2059 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
2060 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
2061 Following this logic, two new special targets
2062 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
2063 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
2064 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
2065
2066 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
2067 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
2068 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
2069 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
2070
2071 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
2072 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
2073 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
2074 --wait".
2075
2076 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
2077 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
2078 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
2079 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
2080 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
2081 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
2082 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
2083 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
2084 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
2085
2086 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
2087 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
2088 containing information about the consumed resources of this
2089 invocation.
2090
2091 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
2092 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
2093 processes.
2094
2095 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
2096 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
2097 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
2098 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
2099 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
2100 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
2101 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
2102 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
2103 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
2104 systems for all five operations.
2105
2106 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
2107 the system.
2108
2109 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
2110 than UTC or the local timezone.
2111
2112 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
2113 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
2114 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
2115 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
2116 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
2117 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
2118 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
2119 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
2120
2121 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
2122 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
2123 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
2124 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
2125 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
2126 again.
2127
2128 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
2129 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
2130 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
2131
2132 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
2133 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
2134 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
2135 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
2136 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
2137 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
2138 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
2139 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
2140 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
2141 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
2142 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
2143 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
2144 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
2145 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
2146 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
2147 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
2148 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
2149 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
2150 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
2151 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2152
2153 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
2154
2155 CHANGES WITH 234:
2156
2157 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
2158 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
2159 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
2160 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
2161 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
2162 summary:
2163
2164 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
2165
2166 becomes:
2167
2168 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
2169
2170 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
2171 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
2172 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
2173 .device units.
2174
2175 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
2176 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
2177 running a systemd user instance.
2178
2179 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
2180 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
2181 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
2182 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
2183 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
2184 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
2185
2186 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
2187
2188 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
2189 (domain search list).
2190
2191 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
2192 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
2193 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
2194 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
2195 implementation of RA.
2196
2197 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
2198 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
2199 ISO date values.
2200
2201 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
2202 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
2203 devices.
2204
2205 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
2206 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
2207 option.
2208
2209 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
2210 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
2211 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
2212 default yet.
2213
2214 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
2215 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
2216 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
2217 SHA256SUMS files.
2218
2219 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
2220 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
2221
2222 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
2223
2224 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
2225
2226 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
2227 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
2228
2229 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
2230 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
2231 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
2232 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
2233
2234 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
2235 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
2236 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
2237 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
2238 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
2239 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
2240 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
2241 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
2242 systemd-logind to be safe. See
2243 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
2244
2245 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
2246 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
2247 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
2248 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
2249 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
2250 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatiblity, a
2251 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
2252 after all the plugins exit.
2253
2254 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
2255 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
2256 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
2257 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
2258 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
2259 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
2260 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
2261 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2262 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
2263 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
2264 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
2265 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
2266 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
2267 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
2268 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
2269 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2270 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
2271 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
2272 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
2273 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
2274 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
2275 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
2276 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
2277 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
2278 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
2279 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
2280 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
2281 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
2282 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
2283 Георгиевски
2284
2285 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
2286
2287 CHANGES WITH 233:
2288
2289 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
2290 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
2291 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
2292 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
2293 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
2294 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
2295 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
2296 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
2297 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
2298
2299 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
2300 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
2301 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
2302 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
2303 default selected on the configure command line
2304 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
2305 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
2306 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
2307 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
2308 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
2309 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
2310 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
2311 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
2312 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
2313 greatest stability and compatibility only.
2314
2315 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
2316 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
2317 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
2318 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
2319 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
2320 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
2321 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
2322 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
2323 further details about this.)
2324
2325 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
2326 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
2327 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
2328
2329 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
2330 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
2331
2332 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
2333 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
2334 with 'make install-tests'.
2335
2336 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
2337 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
2338 kernel.
2339
2340 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
2341 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
2342 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
2343 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
2344 by the Slice= option.
2345
2346 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
2347 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
2348 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
2349 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
2350
2351 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
2352 following choices:
2353
2354 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
2355 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2356 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
2357 (h)elp
2358 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
2359 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2360 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
2361 (y)es, execute the command
2362
2363 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
2364 because its meaning was confusing.
2365
2366 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
2367 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
2368
2369 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
2370 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
2371 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
2372
2373 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
2374 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
2375 state directly, without executing these commands.
2376
2377 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
2378 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
2379 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
2380
2381 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
2382 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
2383 combination with After=) have been started.
2384
2385 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
2386 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
2387 setting, and which system calls they contain.
2388
2389 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
2390 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
2391 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
2392 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
2393 configuration related calls.
2394
2395 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
2396 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
2397 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
2398 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
2399 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
2400 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
2401 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
2402
2403 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
2404 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
2405
2406 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
2407 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
2408 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
2409
2410 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
2411 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
2412
2413 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
2414 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
2415 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
2416 for compatibility.
2417
2418 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
2419 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
2420
2421 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
2422 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
2423
2424 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
2425 support for negative matching.
2426
2427 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
2428
2429 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
2430 permitted runtime of the mount command.
2431
2432 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
2433 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
2434 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
2435 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
2436 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
2437 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
2438 removed from the drive.
2439
2440 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
2441 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
2442
2443 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
2444 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
2445
2446 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
2447 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
2448 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
2449
2450 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
2451 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
2452 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
2453 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
2454 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
2455 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
2456 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
2457
2458 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
2459 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
2460 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
2461 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
2462 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
2463 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
2464
2465 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
2466 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
2467
2468 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
2469 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
2470 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
2471 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
2472 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
2473 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
2474 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
2475 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
2476
2477 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
2478 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
2479 including all control processes.
2480
2481 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
2482 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
2483 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
2484
2485 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2486 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
2487 prefixing the source path with "+".
2488
2489 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2490 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
2491 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
2492 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
2493 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
2494 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
2495 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
2496 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
2497
2498 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
2499 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
2500 before).
2501
2502 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
2503 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
2504 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
2505 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
2506 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
2507 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
2508 the new --root-hash= command line option).
2509
2510 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
2511 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
2512 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
2513 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
2514 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
2515 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
2516 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
2517 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
2518 versions.
2519
2520 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
2521 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
2522 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
2523 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
2524 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
2525 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
2526 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
2527 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
2528 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
2529 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
2530 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
2531 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
2532 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
2533 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
2534 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
2535 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
2536 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
2537 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
2538 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
2539 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
2540 a Verity-enabled root partition.
2541
2542 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
2543 accelerometer quirks.
2544
2545 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
2546 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
2547 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
2548 ID of each service.
2549
2550 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
2551 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
2552 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
2553 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
2554 view.
2555
2556 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
2557 environment variables:
2558
2559 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
2560
2561 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
2562 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
2563 address.
2564
2565 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
2566 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
2567 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
2568
2569 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
2570 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
2571 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
2572 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
2573 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
2574 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
2575 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
2576 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
2577 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
2578 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
2579 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
2580 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
2581 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
2582
2583 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
2584 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
2585 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
2586
2587 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
2588 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
2589
2590 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
2591 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
2592 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
2593 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
2594 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
2595
2596 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
2597 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
2598 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
2599
2600 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
2601 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
2602
2603 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
2604 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
2605 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
2606 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
2607
2608 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
2609 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
2610 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
2611 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
2612 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
2613 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
2614 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
2615 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
2616 possibly even including full integrity data.
2617
2618 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
2619 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
2620 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
2621 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
2622 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
2623
2624 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
2625 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
2626 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
2627 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
2628 directly with systemd-nspawn.
2629
2630 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
2631 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
2632 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
2633 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
2634
2635 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
2636 of coredumps in reverse order.
2637
2638 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
2639 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
2640 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
2641 additional informational message in its output.
2642
2643 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
2644 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
2645 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
2646
2647 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
2648 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
2649 scripting languages such as Python.
2650
2651 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
2652 namespacing is enabled for them.
2653
2654 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
2655 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
2656 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
2657 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
2658 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
2659 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
2660
2661 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
2662 root key (KSK).
2663
2664 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
2665 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
2666 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
2667
2668 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
2669 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
2670 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
2671 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
2672 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
2673 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
2674 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
2675 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
2676 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
2677 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
2678 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
2679 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
2680 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
2681 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
2682 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
2683 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
2684 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
2685 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
2686 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
2687 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
2688 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
2689 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
2690 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
2691 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
2692 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
2693 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
2694 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
2695 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
2696 Тихонов
2697
2698 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
2699
2700 CHANGES WITH 232:
2701
2702 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
2703 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
2704 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
2705 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
2706 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
2707 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
2708
2709 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
2710 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
2711
2712 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
2713 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
2714 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
2715
2716 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
2717 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
2718 to be remounted read-only for a service.
2719
2720 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
2721 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
2722 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
2723 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
2724
2725 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
2726 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
2727
2728 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
2729 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
2730 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
2731
2732 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
2733 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
2734 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
2735 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
2736 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
2737 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
2738 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
2739 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
2740 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
2741 permanent modifications to the system.
2742
2743 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
2744 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
2745 container or chroot environments.
2746
2747 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
2748 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
2749 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
2750 mapped to nobody.
2751
2752 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
2753 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
2754 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
2755 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
2756
2757 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
2758 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
2759
2760 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
2761 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
2762 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
2763 and the support is provisional.
2764
2765 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
2766 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
2767 unit files in the file system).
2768
2769 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
2770 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
2771 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
2772 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
2773 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
2774 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
2775 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
2776 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
2777 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
2778 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
2779 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
2780 state is fixed automatically.
2781
2782 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
2783 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
2784 option.
2785
2786 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
2787 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
2788 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
2789 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
2790 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
2791 else.
2792
2793 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
2794 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
2795 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
2796 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
2797 bootable on physical systems.
2798
2799 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
2800
2801 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
2802 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
2803 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
2804 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
2805 used.
2806
2807 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
2808 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
2809 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
2810 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
2811
2812 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
2813
2814 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
2815 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
2816 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
2817 of the container).
2818
2819 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
2820 files from the specified location.
2821
2822 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
2823 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
2824 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
2825 be active.
2826
2827 * The hardware database has been extended to support
2828 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
2829 trackball devices.
2830
2831 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
2832 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
2833 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
2834
2835 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
2836 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
2837 specified service binary exited.)
2838
2839 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
2840 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
2841
2842 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
2843 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
2844 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
2845 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
2846 --since= and --until= options.
2847
2848 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
2849 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
2850 are automatically propagated to the container.
2851
2852 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
2853 from a single IP address can be limited with
2854 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
2855 MaxConnections=.
2856
2857 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
2858 configuration.
2859
2860 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
2861 drop-ins.
2862
2863 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
2864 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
2865 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
2866 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
2867 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
2868 [Link] section of .link files.
2869
2870 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
2871 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
2872 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
2873 section of .netdev files.
2874
2875 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
2876 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
2877 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
2878
2879 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
2880 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
2881 .network files.
2882
2883 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
2884 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
2885 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
2886 service runtime cycle.
2887
2888 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
2889 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
2890 has been traditionally doing.
2891
2892 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
2893 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
2894 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
2895 prevent any later plugins from running.
2896
2897 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
2898 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
2899 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
2900 default of SplitMode=uid.
2901
2902 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
2903 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
2904 useful.
2905
2906 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
2907 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
2908 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
2909 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
2910 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
2911 individual namespaces.
2912
2913 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
2914 the output, as well as OS release information.
2915
2916 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
2917
2918 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
2919 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
2920 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
2921 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
2922 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
2923
2924 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
2925 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
2926 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
2927 severed.
2928
2929 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
2930 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
2931 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
2932 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
2933 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
2934 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
2935 information about exit statuses and results.
2936
2937 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
2938 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
2939 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
2940 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
2941 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
2942 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
2943
2944 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
2945
2946 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
2947 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
2948 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
2949 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
2950 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
2951 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
2952 entirely.
2953
2954 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
2955 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
2956 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
2957
2958 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
2959 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
2960 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
2961 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
2962 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
2963 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
2964 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
2965 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
2966 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
2967 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
2968 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
2969 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
2970 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
2971 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
2972 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
2973 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
2974 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
2975
2976 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
2977 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
2978 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
2979 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
2980
2981 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
2982 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
2983 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
2984 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
2985
2986 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
2987 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
2988 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
2989 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
2990 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
2991 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
2992 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
2993 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
2994 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
2995 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
2996 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
2997 fragment entirely.)
2998
2999 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
3000 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
3001 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
3002
3003 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
3004 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
3005 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
3006 FileDescriptorName= setting.
3007
3008 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
3009 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
3010 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
3011 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
3012 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
3013 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
3014
3015 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
3016 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
3017
3018 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
3019 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
3020
3021 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
3022 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
3023 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
3024 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
3025 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
3026
3027 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
3028 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
3029 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
3030 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3031 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
3032 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
3033 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
3034 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
3035 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
3036 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
3037 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
3038 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
3039 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
3040 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
3041 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
3042 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
3043 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
3044 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
3045 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
3046 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
3047 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
3048 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
3049 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
3050 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
3051 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3052 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
3053
3054 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
3055
3056 CHANGES WITH 231:
3057
3058 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
3059 with an additional special character as first argument of the
3060 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
3061 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
3062 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
3063 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
3064 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
3065 independently.
3066
3067 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
3068 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
3069
3070 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
3071 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
3072 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
3073 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
3074 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
3075 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
3076 values.
3077
3078 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
3079 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
3080 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
3081 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
3082 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
3083
3084 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
3085 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
3086 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
3087 7:10am every day.
3088
3089 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
3090 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
3091 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
3092 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
3093 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
3094 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
3095 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
3096 available for compatibility.
3097
3098 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
3099 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
3100 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
3101 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
3102 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
3103 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
3104
3105 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
3106 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
3107 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
3108 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
3109 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
3110 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
3111 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
3112 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
3113 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
3114
3115 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
3116 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
3117 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
3118 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
3119 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
3120 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
3121 desired options.
3122
3123 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
3124 cgroup v2.
3125
3126 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
3127 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
3128 limited to subgroups of that group.
3129
3130 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
3131 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
3132 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
3133 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
3134 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
3135 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
3136 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
3137 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
3138
3139 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
3140 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
3141 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
3142 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
3143 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
3144 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
3145 own long-running services.
3146
3147 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
3148 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
3149 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
3150 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
3151
3152 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
3153 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
3154 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
3155 propagates this notification further to the service manager
3156 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
3157 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
3158 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
3159 primitives.
3160
3161 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
3162 "terminate".
3163
3164 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
3165 link-local IPv6 addresses.
3166
3167 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
3168 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
3169 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
3170 --flush-caches".
3171
3172 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
3173 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
3174 is shown.
3175
3176 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
3177 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
3178 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
3179 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
3180 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
3181 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
3182
3183 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
3184 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
3185 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
3186 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
3187 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
3188 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
3189 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
3190 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
3191 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
3192 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
3193 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
3194 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
3195 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
3196 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
3197 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
3198 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
3199 bus API instead.
3200
3201 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
3202 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
3203 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
3204 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
3205
3206 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
3207 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
3208 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
3209 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
3210
3211 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
3212 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
3213 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
3214
3215 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
3216 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
3217
3218 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
3219 interface configuration.
3220
3221 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
3222 specifying the --force switch.
3223
3224 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
3225 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
3226 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
3227
3228 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
3229 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
3230 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
3231 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
3232 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
3233 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
3234 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
3235 to be handled.
3236
3237 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
3238 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
3239
3240 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
3241 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
3242
3243 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
3244 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
3245 of persistent symlinks for that device.
3246
3247 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
3248 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
3249
3250 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
3251 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
3252 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
3253 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
3254 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
3255 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
3256 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
3257 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
3258 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
3259 library.
3260
3261 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
3262 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
3263 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
3264 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
3265 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
3266 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
3267 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
3268 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
3269 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
3270 doc/HACKING for details.
3271
3272 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
3273 distribution's bugtracker.
3274
3275 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
3276 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
3277 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
3278 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
3279 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
3280 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
3281 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
3282 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
3283 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
3284 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
3285 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
3286 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
3287 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
3288 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
3289 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
3290 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
3291 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
3292 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
3293 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3294
3295 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
3296
3297 CHANGES WITH 230:
3298
3299 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
3300 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
3301 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
3302 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
3303 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
3304 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
3305 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
3306 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
3307 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
3308 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
3309 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
3310 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
3311 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
3312 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
3313 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
3314 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
3315 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
3316 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
3317 applications.)
3318
3319 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
3320 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
3321 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
3322
3323 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
3324 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
3325 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
3326 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
3327 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
3328 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
3329 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
3330
3331 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
3332 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
3333 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
3334 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
3335 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
3336 command works for tmux.
3337
3338 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
3339 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
3340 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
3341 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
3342 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
3343 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
3344
3345 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
3346 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
3347
3348 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
3349 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
3350 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
3351
3352 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
3353
3354 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
3355 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
3356 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
3357 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
3358 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
3359
3360 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
3361 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
3362 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
3363 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
3364
3365 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
3366 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
3367 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
3368 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
3369 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
3370 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
3371
3372 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
3373 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
3374 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
3375
3376 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
3377 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
3378 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
3379 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
3380 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
3381 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
3382
3383 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
3384 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
3385 address.
3386
3387 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
3388 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
3389 should be emitted.
3390
3391 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
3392 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
3393 supported.
3394
3395 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
3396 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
3397 logging performance.
3398
3399 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3400 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
3401 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
3402 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
3403 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
3404 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
3405
3406 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
3407 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
3408 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
3409 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
3410
3411 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
3412 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
3413
3414 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
3415 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
3416 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
3417
3418 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
3419
3420 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
3421 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
3422 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
3423 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
3424
3425 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
3426 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
3427 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
3428 refuse to operate on such files.
3429
3430 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
3431 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
3432 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
3433
3434 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
3435 just hidden container images.
3436
3437 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
3438 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
3439
3440 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
3441 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
3442 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
3443 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
3444 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
3445 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
3446 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
3447 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
3448 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
3449 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
3450 been changed to use this functionality by default.
3451
3452 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
3453 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
3454 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
3455 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
3456 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
3457 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
3458 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
3459 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
3460 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
3461 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
3462 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
3463 terminates.
3464
3465 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
3466 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
3467 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
3468 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
3469
3470 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
3471 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
3472 rate of the socket unit.
3473
3474 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
3475 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
3476 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
3477 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
3478 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
3479
3480 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
3481 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
3482 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
3483 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
3484 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
3485 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
3486 with this.
3487
3488 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
3489 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
3490
3491 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
3492 merged into the kernel in its current form.
3493
3494 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
3495 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
3496 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
3497 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
3498 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
3499
3500 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
3501 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
3502 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
3503
3504 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
3505 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
3506 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
3507 target is now included in early userspace.
3508
3509 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
3510 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
3511 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
3512 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
3513 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
3514 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
3515 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
3516 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
3517 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
3518 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
3519 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
3520 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
3521 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
3522 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
3523 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
3524 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
3525 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
3526 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
3527 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
3528 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3529 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
3530 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
3531 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
3532 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
3533 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3534 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3535
3536 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
3537
3538 CHANGES WITH 229:
3539
3540 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
3541 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
3542 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
3543 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
3544 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
3545 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
3546 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
3547 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
3548 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
3549 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
3550 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
3551 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
3552 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
3553
3554 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
3555 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
3556 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
3557 /usr/bin.
3558
3559 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
3560 devices.
3561
3562 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
3563 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
3564 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
3565 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
3566 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
3567 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
3568 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
3569 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
3570 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
3571 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
3572 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
3573 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
3574 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
3575 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
3576 this limit.
3577
3578 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
3579 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
3580 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
3581 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
3582 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
3583 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
3584 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
3585 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
3586
3587 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
3588 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
3589 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
3590 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
3591 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
3592 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
3593 and group at package installation time.
3594
3595 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
3596 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
3597 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
3598 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
3599 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
3600
3601 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
3602 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
3603 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
3604 supports it.
3605
3606 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
3607 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
3608
3609 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
3610 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
3611 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
3612 file is already initialized.
3613
3614 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
3615 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
3616 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
3617 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
3618 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
3619 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
3620 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
3621 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
3622 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
3623
3624 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
3625 working directory for the process started in the container.
3626
3627 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
3628 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
3629 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
3630 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
3631 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
3632
3633 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3634 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
3635 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
3636
3637 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
3638 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
3639 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
3640 sd_journal_restart_fields().
3641
3642 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
3643 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
3644 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
3645 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
3646 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
3647
3648 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
3649 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
3650 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
3651 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
3652
3653 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
3654 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
3655 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
3656 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
3657 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
3658 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
3659 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
3660 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
3661 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
3662 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
3663 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
3664 by PID 1.
3665
3666 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
3667 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
3668 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
3669 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
3670 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
3671 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
3672 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
3673 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
3674
3675 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
3676
3677 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
3678 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
3679 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
3680
3681 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
3682 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
3683 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
3684 recent kernels.
3685
3686 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
3687 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
3688
3689 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
3690 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
3691 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
3692 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
3693 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
3694 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
3695 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
3696 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
3697 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
3698 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
3699 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
3700 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
3701 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
3702
3703 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
3704 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
3705 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
3706 clusters or larger setups.
3707
3708 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
3709
3710 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
3711 sockets.
3712
3713 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
3714
3715 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
3716 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
3717 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
3718 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
3719 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
3720 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
3721
3722 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
3723 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
3724 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
3725
3726 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
3727 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
3728 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
3729 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
3730
3731 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
3732
3733 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
3734 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
3735 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
3736 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
3737 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
3738 maintain compatibility.
3739
3740 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
3741 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
3742 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
3743 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
3744 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
3745 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
3746 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
3747 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
3748 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
3749 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
3750 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
3751 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3752 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
3753 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
3754 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
3755 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
3756 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3757 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
3758 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3759
3760 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
3761
3762 CHANGES WITH 228:
3763
3764 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
3765 files are now also available as properties to set when
3766 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
3767 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
3768 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
3769 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
3770 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
3771 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
3772 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
3773
3774 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
3775 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
3776 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
3777
3778 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
3779 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
3780 created transiently.
3781
3782 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
3783 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
3784 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
3785 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
3786 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
3787 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
3788 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
3789 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
3790
3791 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
3792 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
3793 disk and sync the files, before returning.
3794
3795 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
3796 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
3797 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
3798 enabled.
3799
3800 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
3801 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
3802 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
3803 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
3804 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
3805 subvolumes.
3806
3807 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
3808 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
3809
3810 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
3811 individual indexes.
3812
3813 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
3814 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
3815 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
3816 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
3817 suffixes now.
3818
3819 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
3820 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
3821 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
3822 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
3823 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
3824 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
3825 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
3826 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
3827 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
3828 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
3829 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
3830 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
3831 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
3832 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
3833 number of processes or tasks each user may own
3834 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
3835 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
3836 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
3837 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
3838 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
3839 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
3840
3841 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
3842 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
3843 links between the host and the container.
3844
3845 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
3846 added that allows importing select environment variables
3847 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
3848 the service.
3849
3850 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
3851 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
3852 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
3853 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
3854 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
3855 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
3856 than until they first elapse.
3857
3858 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
3859 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
3860 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
3861 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
3862 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
3863 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
3864 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
3865 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
3866
3867 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
3868 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
3869 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
3870 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
3871 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
3872 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
3873 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
3874 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
3875 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
3876 journal and in coredump handling.
3877
3878 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
3879 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
3880 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
3881 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
3882 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
3883 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
3884 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
3885 software you package still references it, as this is a
3886 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
3887 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
3888
3889 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
3890
3891 Note that only util-linux versions built with
3892 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
3893
3894 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
3895 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
3896 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
3897
3898 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
3899 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
3900 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
3901 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
3902 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
3903 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
3904 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
3905 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
3906 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
3907 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
3908 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
3909 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
3910 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
3911 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
3912 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
3913 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
3914
3915 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
3916 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
3917 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
3918 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
3919 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
3920 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
3921 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
3922 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
3923 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
3924 surprises.
3925
3926 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
3927 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
3928 to the various user database fields of the user that the
3929 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
3930 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
3931 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
3932 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
3933 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
3934 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
3935 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
3936 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
3937 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
3938 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
3939 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
3940 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
3941 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
3942 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
3943 of PID 1 is the root user).
3944
3945 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
3946 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
3947 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3948 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
3949 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3950 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
3951 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3952 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
3953 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3954 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
3955 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
3956 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
3957 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3958 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
3959 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3960
3961 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
3962
3963 CHANGES WITH 227:
3964
3965 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
3966 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
3967 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
3968
3969 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
3970 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
3971 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
3972 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
3973 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
3974 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
3975
3976 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
3977 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
3978 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
3979 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
3980 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
3981
3982 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
3983 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
3984 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
3985 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
3986 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
3987 packets on unestablished sockets.
3988
3989 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
3990 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
3991 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
3992 automatically.
3993
3994 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
3995 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
3996 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
3997
3998 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
3999 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
4000 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
4001 for disk IO.
4002
4003 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
4004 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
4005 removed.
4006
4007 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
4008 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
4009 directory is set to the home directory of the user
4010 configured in User=.
4011
4012 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
4013 directory of the selected user by default.
4014
4015 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
4016 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
4017 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
4018 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
4019 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
4020 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
4021 compat reasons.
4022
4023 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
4024 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
4025 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
4026 units.
4027
4028 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
4029 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
4030 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
4031 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
4032 level.
4033
4034 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
4035 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
4036 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
4037 namespaces work correctly.
4038
4039 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
4040 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
4041 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
4042 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
4043 activation.
4044
4045 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
4046 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
4047 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
4048 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
4049 system instance in a container.
4050
4051 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
4052 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
4053 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
4054 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
4055 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
4056 connections.
4057
4058 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
4059 show the control groups within a certain container only.
4060
4061 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
4062 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
4063 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
4064 processes attached, or similar.
4065
4066 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
4067 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
4068 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
4069
4070 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
4071 specifiers like %i or %f.
4072
4073 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
4074 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
4075 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
4076 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
4077
4078 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
4079 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
4080 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
4081 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
4082 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
4083 descriptors using sd_notify().
4084
4085 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
4086
4087 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
4088 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
4089
4090 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
4091 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
4092
4093 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
4094 .network files.
4095
4096 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
4097 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
4098 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
4099 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
4100 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
4101 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
4102 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
4103 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
4104 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
4105 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
4106 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
4107 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
4108 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
4109 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
4110 gdm-autologin is used.
4111
4112 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
4113 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
4114 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
4115 next to the image file.
4116
4117 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
4118 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
4119 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
4120 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
4121
4122 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
4123 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
4124 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
4125 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
4126 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
4127 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
4128
4129 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
4130 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
4131 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
4132 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
4133 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
4134 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
4135 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
4136 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
4137 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
4138 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
4139 number of files in place.
4140
4141 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
4142 on kernels where that is supported.
4143
4144 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
4145
4146 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
4147 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
4148 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
4149 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4150 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
4151 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
4152 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
4153 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
4154 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
4155 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
4156 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
4157 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4158 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
4159 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
4160 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
4161 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4162 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
4163 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
4164
4165 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
4166
4167 CHANGES WITH 226:
4168
4169 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
4170 new features:
4171
4172 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
4173 information. It may be enabled and configured via
4174 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
4175 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
4176 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
4177 is any) is propagated.
4178
4179 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
4180 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
4181 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
4182 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
4183 information is enabled between host and containers by
4184 default now: the container will change its local timezone
4185 to what the host has set.
4186
4187 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
4188 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
4189
4190 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
4191 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
4192 information back, even if the server loses state.
4193
4194 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
4195 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
4196 PoolSize=.
4197
4198 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
4199 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
4200 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
4201 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
4202
4203 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
4204 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
4205 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
4206 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
4207 'dbus-daemon' systems.
4208
4209 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
4210 for virtio devices.
4211
4212 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
4213 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
4214 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
4215 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
4216 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
4217 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
4218 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
4219 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
4220 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
4221 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
4222 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
4223 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
4224 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
4225 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
4226 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
4227 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
4228 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
4229 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
4230 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
4231 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
4232 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
4233 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
4234 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
4235 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
4236 grants them.
4237
4238 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
4239 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
4240 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
4241 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
4242 group tree.
4243
4244 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
4245 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
4246 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
4247 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
4248 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
4249 work correctly in containers now.
4250
4251 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
4252 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
4253
4254 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
4255 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
4256 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
4257 function call is particularly useful when implementing
4258 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
4259
4260 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
4261 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
4262 signal events.
4263
4264 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
4265 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
4266 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
4267 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
4268
4269 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
4270 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
4271 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
4272 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
4273 nspawn command line.
4274
4275 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
4276 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
4277 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
4278 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
4279 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
4280 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
4281 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4282 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
4283
4284 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
4285
4286 CHANGES WITH 225:
4287
4288 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
4289 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
4290 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
4291 shell directly without prompting for username or
4292 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
4293 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
4294 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
4295 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
4296 the originating session.
4297
4298 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
4299 options and allows other programs to query the values.
4300
4301 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
4302 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
4303 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
4304 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
4305 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
4306 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
4307 probably not stabilize on this release.
4308
4309 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
4310 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
4311 messages.
4312
4313 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
4314 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
4315 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
4316
4317 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
4318 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
4319
4320 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
4321 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
4322 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
4323 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
4324 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
4325 posteriori.
4326
4327 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
4328 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
4329
4330 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
4331 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
4332 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
4333 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
4334 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
4335 "lastlog" tools.
4336
4337 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
4338 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
4339 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
4340 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
4341 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
4342
4343 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
4344 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
4345 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
4346 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
4347 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
4348 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
4349 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
4350 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
4351 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
4352 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
4353 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
4354 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4355
4356 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
4357
4358 CHANGES WITH 224:
4359
4360 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
4361 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
4362
4363 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
4364 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
4365 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
4366
4367 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
4368 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4369 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
4370
4371 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
4372
4373 CHANGES WITH 223:
4374
4375 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
4376 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
4377 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
4378 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4379
4380 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
4381 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
4382
4383 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
4384 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
4385
4386 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
4387
4388 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
4389 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
4390 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
4391
4392 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
4393 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
4394 decapsulated packet.
4395
4396 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
4397 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
4398 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
4399 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
4400 netlink attribute.
4401
4402 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
4403 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
4404 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
4405 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
4406
4407 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
4408 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
4409 according to RFC2460.
4410
4411 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
4412 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
4413
4414 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
4415 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
4416 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
4417
4418 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
4419 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
4420 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
4421 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
4422 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
4423 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
4424
4425 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
4426 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4427 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
4428 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
4429 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4430 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
4431 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
4432 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
4433 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
4434 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4435
4436 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
4437
4438 CHANGES WITH 222:
4439
4440 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
4441 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
4442 or should be used to work around such bugs.
4443
4444 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
4445 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
4446
4447 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
4448 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
4449 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
4450 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
4451 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
4452
4453 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
4454 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
4455 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
4456
4457 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
4458 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
4459 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
4460 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
4461 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
4462
4463 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4464
4465 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
4466 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
4467 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
4468 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
4469 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
4470 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4471 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
4472 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
4473 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4474 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4475
4476 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
4477
4478 CHANGES WITH 221:
4479
4480 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
4481 stable and have been added to the official interface of
4482 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
4483 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
4484 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
4485 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
4486 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
4487 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
4488 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
4489 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
4490 portable to other kernels.
4491
4492 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
4493 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
4494 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
4495 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
4496 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
4497 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
4498 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
4499 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
4500 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
4501 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
4502 systemd enabled.
4503
4504 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
4505 2.26.
4506
4507 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
4508 favor of calling an abstraction tool
4509 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
4510 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
4511 in README for details.
4512
4513 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
4514 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
4515 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
4516 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
4517 unit.
4518
4519 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
4520 into man pages.
4521
4522 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
4523 external project.
4524
4525 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
4526 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
4527
4528 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
4529 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
4530 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
4531 state.
4532
4533 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
4534 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
4535 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
4536
4537 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
4538 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
4539 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
4540 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
4541 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
4542 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
4543 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
4544 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
4545 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
4546 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4547 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
4548 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
4549 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
4550 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4551 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
4552 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4553
4554 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
4555
4556 CHANGES WITH 220:
4557
4558 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
4559 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
4560 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
4561 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
4562 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
4563 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
4564 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
4565 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
4566
4567 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
4568 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
4569 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
4570 service consumed). This value is only available if
4571 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
4572 in the "systemctl status" output.
4573
4574 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
4575 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
4576 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
4577 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
4578 previously was already the default behaviour).
4579
4580 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
4581 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
4582 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
4583
4584 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
4585 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
4586 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
4587 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
4588
4589 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
4590 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
4591 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
4592 journalling file systems that support external journal
4593 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
4594 systems to be mounted.
4595
4596 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
4597 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
4598 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
4599 stable release this should not be problematic.
4600
4601 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
4602 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
4603 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
4604 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
4605 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
4606
4607 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
4608 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
4609 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
4610 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
4611 network switches.
4612
4613 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
4614 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
4615
4616 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
4617 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
4618 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
4619
4620 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
4621
4622 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
4623 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
4624 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
4625 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
4626 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
4627 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
4628 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
4629 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
4630 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
4631 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
4632 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
4633 been fixed in v220.
4634
4635 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
4636 systemd-networkd.
4637
4638 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
4639 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
4640 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
4641 containers started from the command line.
4642
4643 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
4644 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
4645
4646 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
4647 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
4648 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
4649 indirection via a pseudo tty.
4650
4651 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
4652 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
4653 when shutting down.
4654
4655 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
4656 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
4657 overlayfs support.
4658
4659 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
4660 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
4661 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
4662 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
4663 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
4664 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
4665 images are imported via systemd-importd.
4666
4667 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
4668 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
4669 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
4670
4671 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
4672 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
4673 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
4674 of v1 as before).
4675
4676 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
4677 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
4678
4679 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
4680 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
4681 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
4682 without further privileges or authorization.
4683
4684 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
4685 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
4686 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
4687 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
4688 accessible via a bus interface.
4689
4690 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
4691 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
4692 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
4693 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
4694 to cover this functionality.
4695
4696 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
4697 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
4698 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
4699 disabled/masked also stopped.
4700
4701 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
4702 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
4703 updated to support systemd-boot.
4704
4705 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
4706 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
4707 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
4708 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
4709 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
4710 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
4711 like this and can extract OS release information from them
4712 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
4713 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
4714
4715 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
4716 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
4717 system.
4718
4719 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
4720 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
4721 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
4722 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
4723 device symlinks.
4724
4725 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
4726 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
4727 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
4728 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
4729
4730 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
4731 stick devices has been added.
4732
4733 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
4734 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
4735
4736 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
4737 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
4738 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
4739 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
4740 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
4741
4742 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
4743 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
4744 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
4745
4746 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
4747 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
4748 Debian.
4749
4750 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
4751 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
4752 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
4753
4754 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
4755 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
4756 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
4757 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
4758 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
4759 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
4760 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
4761 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4762 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
4763 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
4764 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
4765 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
4766 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
4767 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
4768 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
4769 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
4770 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
4771 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
4772 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
4773 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
4774 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
4775 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
4776 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
4777 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
4778 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
4779 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
4780 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4781
4782 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
4783
4784 CHANGES WITH 219:
4785
4786 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
4787 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
4788 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
4789 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
4790 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
4791 interface with and update the database.
4792
4793 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
4794 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
4795 before bytewise copying is done.
4796
4797 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
4798 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
4799 directory, and immediately removed when the container
4800 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
4801 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
4802 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
4803 for starting a container off the root file system of the
4804 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
4805 available on btrfs file systems.
4806
4807 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
4808 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
4809 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
4810 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
4811 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
4812 systems.
4813
4814 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
4815 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
4816 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
4817 mount point remains.
4818
4819 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
4820 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
4821 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
4822 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
4823 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
4824 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
4825 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
4826 are disabled.
4827
4828 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
4829 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
4830 container to the host or vice versa.
4831
4832 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
4833 mount host directories into local containers. This is
4834 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
4835
4836 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
4837 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
4838
4839 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
4840 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
4841 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
4842 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
4843 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
4844 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
4845 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
4846 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
4847 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
4848 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
4849 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
4850 make the functionality of importd available to the
4851 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
4852 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
4853 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
4854 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
4855 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
4856 only fully supported on btrfs.
4857
4858 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
4859 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
4860 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
4861 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
4862 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
4863 information about images.
4864
4865 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
4866 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
4867 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
4868 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
4869 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
4870 legacy file systems).
4871
4872 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
4873 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
4874 shown in networkctl output.
4875
4876 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
4877 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
4878 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
4879 processes as system services while interactively
4880 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
4881 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
4882 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
4883 full login session, the difference being that the former
4884 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
4885 setup.
4886
4887 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
4888 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
4889 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
4890 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
4891 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
4892
4893 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
4894 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
4895 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
4896 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
4897 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
4898 via qemu/kvm.
4899
4900 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
4901 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
4902 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
4903 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
4904 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
4905 disk images, too.
4906
4907 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
4908 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
4909 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
4910 integrate with that.
4911
4912 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
4913 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
4914 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
4915 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
4916
4917 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
4918 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
4919 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
4920
4921 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
4922 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
4923 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
4924 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
4925 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
4926 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
4927 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
4928 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
4929 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
4930 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
4931
4932 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
4933 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
4934 files.
4935
4936 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4937 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
4938 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
4939 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
4940 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
4941 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
4942 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
4943 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
4944 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
4945 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
4946 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
4947 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
4948 explicitly turned on.
4949
4950 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
4951 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
4952 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
4953 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
4954
4955 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
4956 supported.
4957
4958 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
4959 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
4960 user/session following the status output. Similar,
4961 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
4962 associated with a virtual machine or container
4963 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
4964 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
4965 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
4966 output however.)
4967
4968 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
4969 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
4970 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
4971 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
4972 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
4973 caller's session/user.
4974
4975 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
4976 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
4977 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
4978 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
4979 user services.
4980
4981 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
4982 same way as unit files.
4983
4984 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
4985 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
4986 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
4987 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
4988 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
4989 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
4990 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
4991 the host.
4992
4993 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
4994 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
4995 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
4996 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
4997 the host as if their services were running directly on the
4998 host.
4999
5000 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
5001 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
5002 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
5003 updated to make use of it too by default.
5004
5005 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
5006 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
5007 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
5008 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
5009
5010 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
5011 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
5012 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
5013 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
5014 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
5015 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
5016 modification.
5017
5018 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
5019 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
5020 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
5021 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
5022 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
5023 information about Touchpad types.
5024
5025 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
5026 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
5027
5028 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
5029 Policy link field.
5030
5031 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
5032 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
5033
5034 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
5035 ACLs on files.
5036
5037 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
5038 tmpfs, automatically.
5039
5040 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
5041 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
5042 status" output, if available.
5043
5044 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
5045 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
5046 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
5047 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
5048 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
5049 run on next reboot.
5050
5051 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
5052 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
5053 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
5054 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
5055 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
5056 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
5057 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
5058
5059 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
5060 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
5061 after a configurable timeout.
5062
5063 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
5064 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
5065 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
5066 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
5067 it non-idle.
5068
5069 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
5070 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
5071
5072 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
5073 each .network interface in networkd.
5074
5075 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
5076 in .network files.
5077
5078 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
5079 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
5080
5081 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
5082 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
5083 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
5084 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
5085 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
5086 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
5087 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
5088 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
5089 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
5090 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
5091 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
5092 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5093 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
5094 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
5095 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
5096 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
5097 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
5098 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
5099 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
5100 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
5101 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
5102 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
5103 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
5104 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5105
5106 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
5107
5108 CHANGES WITH 218:
5109
5110 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
5111 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
5112 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
5113 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
5114
5115 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
5116 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
5117 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
5118 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
5119 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
5120
5121 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
5122
5123 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
5124 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
5125 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
5126 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
5127 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
5128 modified configuration after editing.
5129
5130 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
5131 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
5132 system preset files.
5133
5134 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
5135 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
5136 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
5137 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
5138 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
5139 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
5140 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
5141 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
5142 other contexts.
5143
5144 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
5145 inhibitors.
5146
5147 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
5148 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
5149 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
5150 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
5151 managers.
5152
5153 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
5154 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
5155 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
5156 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
5157 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
5158 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
5159 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
5160 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
5161 parallel to journald.
5162
5163 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
5164 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
5165 available.
5166
5167 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
5168 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
5169 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
5170 or are not older than the specified time.
5171
5172 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
5173 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
5174 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
5175 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
5176
5177 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
5178 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
5179 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
5180 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
5181 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
5182 communication.
5183
5184 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
5185 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
5186 services.
5187
5188 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
5189 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
5190 including their signature and values. This is particularly
5191 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
5192 the new "busctl tree" command.
5193
5194 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
5195 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
5196 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
5197 friendly way.
5198
5199 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
5200 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
5201 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
5202 race-ful way.
5203
5204 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
5205 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
5206 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
5207 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
5208 --link-journal=try-guest.
5209
5210 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
5211 stable MAC addresses.
5212
5213 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
5214 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
5215 the respective unit shall use.
5216
5217 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
5218 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
5219 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
5220 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
5221
5222 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
5223 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
5224 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
5225 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
5226 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
5227 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
5228
5229 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
5230 details see:
5231
5232 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
5233
5234 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
5235 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
5236 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
5237 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
5238 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
5239 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
5240 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
5241 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
5242 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
5243 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
5244 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
5245 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
5246
5247 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
5248 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
5249 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
5250 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
5251 bluetooth, ...) is used.
5252
5253 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
5254 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
5255 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
5256 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
5257 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
5258 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
5259 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
5260 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
5261
5262 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
5263 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
5264 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
5265 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
5266 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
5267 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
5268 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
5269 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
5270 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
5271 interface.
5272
5273 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
5274 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
5275 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
5276 luks.name= argument.
5277
5278 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
5279 (this was previously already available for scope and service
5280 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
5281 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
5282 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
5283 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
5284
5285 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
5286 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
5287 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
5288
5289 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
5290 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
5291 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
5292 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
5293 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
5294 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
5295 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
5296 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5297 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
5298 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
5299 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
5300 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
5301 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
5302 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
5303 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
5304 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
5305 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
5306 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5307
5308 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
5309
5310 CHANGES WITH 217:
5311
5312 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
5313 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
5314 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
5315 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
5316
5317 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
5318 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
5319 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
5320 now waits until the operation is complete.
5321
5322 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
5323 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
5324 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
5325 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
5326 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
5327 connection.
5328
5329 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
5330 commands anymore.
5331
5332 * User units are now loaded also from
5333 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
5334 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
5335 supported, but is under the control of the user.
5336
5337 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
5338 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
5339 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
5340 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
5341 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
5342 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
5343 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
5344 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
5345 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
5346 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
5347 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
5348 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
5349 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
5350 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
5351 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
5352 question.
5353
5354 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
5355 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
5356 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
5357
5358 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
5359 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
5360 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
5361 command line to trigger resume.
5362
5363 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
5364 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
5365 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
5366 Desktop=systemd-console.
5367
5368 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
5369 systemd-networkd.
5370
5371 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
5372 from the information provided by the networking stack
5373 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
5374
5375 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
5376 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
5377
5378 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
5379 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
5380 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
5381
5382 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
5383
5384 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
5385 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
5386 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
5387 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
5388 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
5389 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
5390
5391 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
5392 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
5393 respected.
5394
5395 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
5396 virtualization.
5397
5398 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
5399 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
5400 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
5401 on.
5402
5403 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
5404
5405 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
5406
5407 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
5408 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
5409 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
5410 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
5411 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
5412 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
5413 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
5414
5415 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
5416 available for service units, that allows locking all service
5417 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
5418 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
5419 from the service's view entirely.
5420
5421 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
5422 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
5423
5424 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
5425 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
5426 session.
5427
5428 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
5429 legacy-free systems.
5430
5431 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
5432 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
5433 easily.
5434
5435 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
5436 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
5437 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
5438 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
5439 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
5440 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
5441 option.
5442
5443 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
5444 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
5445 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
5446 /usr.
5447
5448 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
5449 services, not only the main process.
5450
5451 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
5452 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
5453 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
5454 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
5455 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
5456
5457 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
5458 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
5459 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
5460 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
5461 directly from now on, again.
5462
5463 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
5464 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
5465 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
5466 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
5467 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
5468 enabling and disabling.
5469
5470 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
5471 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
5472 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
5473 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
5474 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
5475 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
5476 unnecessary or unlikely.
5477
5478 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
5479 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
5480 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
5481 "anually", "hourly", ...).
5482
5483 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
5484 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
5485 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
5486 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
5487 overwritten at runtime.
5488
5489 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
5490 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
5491 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
5492 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
5493 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
5494 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
5495 segmentation fault.
5496
5497 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
5498 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
5499 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5500 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
5501 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
5502 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
5503 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
5504 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
5505 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
5506 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5507 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
5508 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5509 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
5510 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
5511 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
5512 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
5513 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
5514 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
5515 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5516 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5517 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
5518 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5519
5520 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
5521
5522 CHANGES WITH 216:
5523
5524 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
5525 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
5526 implementations should add a
5527
5528 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
5529
5530 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
5531 default functionality.
5532
5533 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
5534 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
5535 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
5536 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
5537 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
5538 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
5539 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
5540 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
5541 files might need to be owned by them. A new
5542 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
5543 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
5544 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
5545 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
5546
5547 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
5548 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
5549 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
5550 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
5551 added eventually, too.
5552
5553 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
5554 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
5555 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
5556 new command to update these fields.
5557
5558 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
5559 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
5560 have been discovered via DHCP.
5561
5562 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
5563 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
5564 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
5565 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
5566 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
5567 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
5568 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
5569 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5570 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
5571 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
5572 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
5573 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
5574 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
5575 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
5576 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
5577 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
5578 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
5579 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
5580 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
5581 implementation to systemd-resolved.
5582
5583 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
5584 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
5585 containers to their respective IP addresses.
5586
5587 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
5588 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
5589 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5590 and present it to the user in a very friendly
5591 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
5592 control utility for networkd.
5593
5594 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
5595 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
5596 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
5597 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
5598 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
5599 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
5600 (NoDelay=).
5601
5602 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
5603 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
5604
5605 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
5606 be started only after time-sync.target has been
5607 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
5608 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
5609 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
5610 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
5611
5612 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
5613 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
5614 of the link.
5615
5616 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
5617 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
5618
5619 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
5620 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
5621
5622 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
5623 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
5624 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
5625 for DHCP.
5626
5627 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
5628 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
5629 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
5630 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
5631 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
5632 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
5633 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
5634 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
5635
5636 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
5637 validation of unit files.
5638
5639 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
5640 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
5641 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
5642 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
5643 address may now be configured.
5644
5645 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
5646 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
5647 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
5648 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
5649
5650 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
5651 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
5652
5653 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
5654 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
5655 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
5656 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
5657
5658 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
5659 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
5660 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
5661 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
5662 implementation.
5663
5664 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
5665 journal data to a remote system running
5666 systemd-journal-remote.
5667
5668 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
5669 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
5670 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
5671 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
5672 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5673 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
5674 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
5675 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
5676 version, you have to turn this option on again
5677 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
5678
5679 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
5680 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
5681 better than XZ which was the previous default.
5682
5683 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
5684 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
5685
5686 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
5687 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
5688
5689 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
5690 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
5691 "systemctl status" output for a service.
5692
5693 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
5694 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
5695 hostname, root password) interactively on first
5696 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
5697 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
5698
5699 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
5700
5701 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
5702
5703 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
5704 when primary addresses are removed.
5705
5706 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
5707 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
5708 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
5709 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
5710 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
5711 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
5712 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5713 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
5714 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
5715 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
5716 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
5717 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
5718 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
5719 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
5720 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5721
5722 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
5723
5724 CHANGES WITH 215:
5725
5726 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
5727 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
5728 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
5729 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
5730 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
5731 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
5732 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
5733 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
5734 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
5735 require.
5736
5737 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
5738 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
5739
5740 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
5741 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
5742 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
5743 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
5744 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
5745 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
5746 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
5747
5748 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
5749 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
5750 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
5751 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
5752 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
5753 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
5754 update or reset should use this condition and order
5755 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
5756 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
5757 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
5758 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
5759 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
5760 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
5761 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
5762 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
5763 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
5764
5765 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
5766
5767 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
5768 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
5769 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
5770 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
5771
5772 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
5773 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
5774 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
5775 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
5776 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
5777 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
5778 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
5779 .network files using settings of this section should be
5780 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
5781 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
5782
5783 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
5784 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
5785
5786 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
5787 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
5788 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
5789 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
5790 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
5791 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
5792 of nspawn instances.
5793
5794 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
5795 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
5796 added.
5797
5798 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
5799 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
5800 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
5801 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
5802 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
5803 configuration stored in /etc.
5804
5805 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
5806 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
5807 parsing of unknown mount options.
5808
5809 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
5810 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
5811 it already exist and not already be the correct
5812 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
5813 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
5814 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
5815 pre-existing files of different types.
5816
5817 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
5818 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
5819 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
5820 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
5821 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
5822 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
5823 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
5824
5825 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
5826 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
5827 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
5828 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
5829 shall be executed.
5830
5831 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
5832 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
5833 example whether it is fully up and running.
5834
5835 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
5836 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
5837 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
5838 reset.
5839
5840 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
5841 most basic services systemd ships by default.
5842
5843 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
5844 field for defining the default instance to create if a
5845 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
5846
5847 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
5848 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
5849 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
5850
5851 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
5852 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
5853 access to this group.
5854
5855 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
5856 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
5857 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
5858 to the journal.
5859
5860 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
5861 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
5862 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
5863 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
5864 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
5865 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
5866
5867 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
5868 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
5869 that makes sure to only show information about the most
5870 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
5871 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
5872 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
5873 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
5874 the old name to the new name.
5875
5876 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
5877 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
5878 coredumpctl without restrictions.
5879
5880 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
5881 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
5882 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
5883 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
5884 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
5885 "systemd-debug-generator".
5886
5887 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
5888 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
5889 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
5890 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
5891 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
5892 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
5893 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
5894 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
5895 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
5896 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
5897 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
5898
5899 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
5900 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
5901 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
5902 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
5903 been added to query many of these paths for the local
5904 machine and user.
5905
5906 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
5907 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
5908 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
5909 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
5910 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
5911
5912 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
5913 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
5914 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
5915 couple of drop-in directories.
5916
5917 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
5918 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
5919 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
5920 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
5921 for dev_port.
5922
5923 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
5924 container (read from /etc/os-release and
5925 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
5926 "machinectl status" for a machine.
5927
5928 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
5929 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
5930 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
5931 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
5932 Restart= setting.
5933
5934 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
5935 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
5936 directly connect to a specific container on the
5937 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
5938 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
5939 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
5940 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
5941 containers is a privileged operation.
5942
5943 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
5944 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
5945 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
5946 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
5947 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5948 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
5949 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5950 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
5951 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
5952 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
5953 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
5954 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5955
5956 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
5957
5958 CHANGES WITH 214:
5959
5960 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
5961 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
5962 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
5963 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
5964 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
5965 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
5966 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
5967 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
5968 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
5969 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
5970 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
5971 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
5972 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
5973 devices are excluded from this logic.
5974
5975 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
5976 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
5977 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
5978 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
5979 change has been released.
5980
5981 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
5982 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
5983 libattr is thus unnecessary.
5984
5985 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
5986 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
5987 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
5988 with fewer privileges.
5989
5990 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
5991 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
5992 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
5993 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
5994
5995 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
5996 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
5997
5998 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
5999 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
6000
6001 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
6002 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
6003 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
6004
6005 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
6006 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
6007 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
6008 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
6009 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
6010 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
6011
6012 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
6013 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
6014 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
6015
6016 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
6017 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
6018 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
6019 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
6020 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
6021 modifications of user data or system files from
6022 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
6023 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
6024
6025 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
6026 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
6027 and FIFOs in the file system.
6028
6029 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
6030 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
6031 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
6032
6033 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
6034 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
6035 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
6036 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
6037 the socket itself.
6038
6039 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
6040 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
6041 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
6042 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
6043 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
6044 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
6045 symlinks, and nothing else.
6046
6047 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
6048 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
6049 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
6050 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
6051 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
6052 process (for example, the parent process). The
6053 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
6054 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
6055 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
6056 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
6057 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
6058 messages to services when the originating process already
6059 vanished.
6060
6061 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
6062 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
6063 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
6064 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
6065 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
6066 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
6067 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
6068 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
6069 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
6070 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
6071 all long-running services.
6072
6073 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
6074 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
6075 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
6076 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
6077 service.
6078
6079 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
6080 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
6081 applied to all submounts, too.
6082
6083 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
6084
6085 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
6086 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
6087 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
6088 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
6089 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
6090 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
6091 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
6092
6093 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
6094 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
6095 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
6096 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
6097 (domU) domains.
6098
6099 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
6100 files or entire directories.
6101
6102 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
6103 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
6104 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
6105 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
6106 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
6107
6108 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
6109 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
6110 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
6111 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
6112 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
6113 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
6114 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
6115 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
6116 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
6117 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
6118 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
6119 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
6120
6121 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
6122 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
6123 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
6124 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
6125
6126 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
6127 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
6128 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
6129 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
6130 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
6131 non-directories.
6132
6133 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
6134 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
6135 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
6136
6137 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
6138 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
6139 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
6140 this group.
6141
6142 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
6143 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
6144 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
6145 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
6146 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6147 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
6148 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6149
6150 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
6151
6152 CHANGES WITH 213:
6153
6154 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
6155 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6156 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
6157 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6158 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
6159 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
6160 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6161 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
6162 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6163 client should be more than appropriate for most
6164 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
6165 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
6166 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
6167 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
6168 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
6169 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6170 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
6171 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
6172 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
6173 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
6174 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6175
6176 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
6177 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6178 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
6179 part of a different namespace.
6180
6181 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
6182 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
6183 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
6184 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6185
6186 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
6187 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
6188 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6189
6190 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
6191 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
6192 when a service fails. This works similarly to
6193 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6194 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
6195 restart the service in question.
6196
6197 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
6198 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
6199 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
6200 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
6201 details when running non-locally.
6202
6203 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
6204 graphs it generates.
6205
6206 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
6207 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
6208 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
6209 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
6210 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
6211
6212 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
6213
6214 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
6215 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
6216 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
6217 what it was on SysV systems.
6218
6219 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
6220 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
6221
6222 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
6223 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
6224 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
6225 files.
6226
6227 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
6228 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
6229 to show these addresses in its output.
6230
6231 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
6232 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
6233 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
6234 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
6235 preferred over a text one.
6236
6237 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
6238 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
6239 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
6240 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
6241 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
6242 mDNS cache.
6243
6244 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
6245 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
6246 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
6247 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
6248 of network configuration performed in some other way.
6249
6250 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
6251 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6252 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
6253 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6254 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
6255
6256 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
6257 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
6258 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
6259 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
6260 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
6261 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
6262 overrides any other settings.
6263
6264 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6265 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
6266 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
6267 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
6268 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
6269 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
6270 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
6271 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
6272 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6273 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6274 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
6275 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
6276 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
6277 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
6278 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
6279 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6280 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6281
6282 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6283
6284 CHANGES WITH 212:
6285
6286 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
6287 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
6288 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
6289 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
6290 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
6291 by accident.
6292
6293 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
6294 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
6295 registered with machined.
6296
6297 * sd-login gained new calls
6298 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
6299 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
6300 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
6301 counterparts.
6302
6303 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
6304 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
6305 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
6306 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
6307 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
6308 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
6309 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
6310 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
6311 once.
6312
6313 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
6314 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
6315 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
6316
6317 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
6318 units on all local containers, when used with the
6319 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
6320 executed when no parameters are specified).
6321
6322 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
6323 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
6324 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
6325 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
6326
6327 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
6328 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
6329 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
6330 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
6331 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
6332 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
6333
6334 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
6335 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
6336 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
6337 of the container.
6338
6339 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
6340 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
6341 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
6342 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
6343 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
6344 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
6345 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
6346 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
6347
6348 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
6349 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
6350 instead of /.
6351
6352 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
6353 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
6354 emergency messages now.
6355
6356 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
6357 journal log messages across the network.
6358
6359 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
6360 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
6361 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
6362 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
6363 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
6364 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
6365 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
6366
6367 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
6368 down a local OS container.
6369
6370 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
6371 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
6372 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
6373
6374 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
6375 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
6376 this is appropriate.
6377
6378 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
6379 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
6380 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
6381
6382 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
6383 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
6384 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
6385 for debugging purposes.
6386
6387 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
6388 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
6389 in seconds.
6390
6391 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
6392 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
6393 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
6394 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
6395 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
6396 like on traditional inetd.
6397
6398 * A new system.conf configuration option
6399 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
6400 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
6401
6402 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
6403 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
6404 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
6405 do these days).
6406
6407 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
6408 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
6409 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
6410 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
6411 could not take place because the system was powered off.
6412 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
6413
6414 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
6415 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
6416 it will be triggered.
6417
6418 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
6419 addresses to its local interfaces.
6420
6421 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
6422 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
6423 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
6424 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
6425 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
6426 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
6427 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
6428 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
6429 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6430
6431 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
6432
6433 CHANGES WITH 211:
6434
6435 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
6436 added to restrict which socket address families unit
6437 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
6438 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
6439 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
6440 is built on seccomp system call filters.
6441
6442 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
6443 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
6444 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
6445 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
6446 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
6447 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
6448 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
6449 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
6450 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
6451
6452 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
6453 matching against device group names.
6454
6455 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
6456 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
6457 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
6458 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
6459 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
6460 though.
6461
6462 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
6463 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
6464 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
6465 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
6466 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6467 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
6468 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
6469 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
6470 systems prepared appropriately.
6471
6472 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
6473 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
6474 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6475 (see above). This means that installations made with
6476 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
6477 deployed using container managers, completely
6478 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
6479 this feature soon, too.)
6480
6481 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
6482 set up a private macvlan interface for the
6483 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
6484 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
6485
6486 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
6487 using IPv4LL.
6488
6489 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
6490 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
6491 systemd-networkd.
6492
6493 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
6494 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
6495 still not a public API though (unless you specify
6496 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
6497 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
6498
6499 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
6500 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
6501 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
6502 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
6503 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
6504 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
6505 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
6506 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
6507 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
6508 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
6509 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
6510 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
6511 users.
6512
6513 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
6514 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
6515 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
6516 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
6517 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
6518 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
6519 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
6520 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
6521 due to a closed lid.
6522
6523 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
6524 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
6525 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
6526 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
6527 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
6528 order to then act as suspend blocker.
6529
6530 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
6531 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
6532 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
6533 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
6534 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
6535
6536 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
6537 now also work in --scope mode.
6538
6539 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
6540 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
6541 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
6542 promises are made.)
6543
6544 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
6545 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6546 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
6547 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6548 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
6549 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
6550 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
6551 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
6552 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
6553 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6554
6555 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
6556
6557 CHANGES WITH 210:
6558
6559 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
6560 according to SMACK rules.
6561
6562 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
6563 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
6564
6565 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
6566 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
6567 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
6568
6569 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
6570 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
6571 and machine ID.
6572
6573 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
6574 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
6575 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
6576 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
6577 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
6578 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
6579 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
6580 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
6581 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
6582 backpack or similar.
6583
6584 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
6585 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
6586 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
6587 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
6588 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
6589 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
6590 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
6591 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
6592 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
6593 this on its own.
6594
6595 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
6596 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
6597 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
6598 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
6599
6600 * We will now ship a default .network file for
6601 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
6602 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
6603 --network-bridge= switches.
6604
6605 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
6606 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
6607 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
6608 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
6609 metrics, according to what is customary according to
6610 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
6611 each configuration option.
6612
6613 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
6614 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
6615 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
6616 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
6617 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
6618
6619 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
6620 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
6621 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
6622 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
6623 triggered by other work being done in the program.
6624
6625 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
6626 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
6627 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
6628 default however.
6629
6630 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
6631 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
6632 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
6633 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
6634 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
6635 them with systemd-networkd.
6636
6637 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
6638 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
6639 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
6640 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
6641 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
6642 is drastically increased, but given that these are
6643 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
6644 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
6645 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
6646 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
6647 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
6648 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
6649 during a transitional period!
6650
6651 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
6652 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
6653
6654 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
6655 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6656 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
6657 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
6658 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
6659 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6660 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
6661 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6662
6663 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
6664
6665 CHANGES WITH 209:
6666
6667 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
6668 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
6669 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
6670 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
6671 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
6672 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
6673 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
6674 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
6675 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
6676 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
6677 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
6678 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
6679
6680 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
6681 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
6682 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
6683 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
6684 machines and the like.
6685
6686 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
6687 shutdown/boot.
6688
6689 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
6690 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
6691
6692 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
6693 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
6694 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
6695 prepared for additional security frameworks.
6696
6697 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
6698 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
6699 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
6700 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
6701 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
6702 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
6703
6704 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
6705 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
6706 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
6707 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
6708 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
6709 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
6710 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
6711 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
6712 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
6713
6714 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
6715 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
6716
6717 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
6718 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
6719 implementation.
6720
6721 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
6722 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
6723 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
6724 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
6725 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
6726 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
6727 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
6728 and .service units.
6729
6730 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
6731 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
6732 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
6733
6734 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
6735 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
6736 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
6737 nothing makes use of it.
6738
6739 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
6740 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
6741 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
6742
6743 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
6744 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
6745 compatibility purposes.
6746
6747 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
6748 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
6749 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
6750 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
6751 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
6752 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
6753 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
6754 process handling.
6755
6756 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
6757 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
6758 style to "sd-bus.h".
6759
6760 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
6761 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
6762 "systemd-networkd".
6763
6764 * There is a new kernel command line option
6765 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
6766 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
6767 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
6768 are not restored.
6769
6770 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
6771 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
6772 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
6773 PID1's support for that anymore.
6774
6775 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
6776 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
6777
6778 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
6779 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
6780 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
6781 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
6782 container that is registered with machined, such as those
6783 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
6784
6785 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
6786 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
6787 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
6788 onto remote systems.
6789
6790 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
6791 login in any local container. This works with any container
6792 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
6793 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
6794
6795 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
6796 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
6797 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
6798 system of some kind.
6799
6800 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
6801 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
6802 next.
6803
6804 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
6805 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
6806 reboot() system call.
6807
6808 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
6809 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
6810 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
6811 still available but not advertised anymore.
6812
6813 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
6814 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
6815 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
6816 within each Unit.
6817
6818 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
6819 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
6820 the kernel).
6821
6822 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
6823 timestamps (following the setting in
6824 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
6825
6826 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
6827 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
6828
6829 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
6830 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
6831
6832 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
6833 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
6834 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
6835
6836 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
6837 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
6838 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
6839 the full configuration is shown.
6840
6841 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
6842 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
6843 those commands which take multiple unit names.
6844
6845 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
6846
6847 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
6848 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
6849
6850 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
6851 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
6852 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
6853 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
6854
6855 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
6856 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
6857 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
6858 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
6859
6860 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
6861 of the legend text.
6862
6863 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
6864 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
6865 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
6866 remote sessions.
6867
6868 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
6869 information of SDIO devices.
6870
6871 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
6872 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
6873 the system manager.
6874
6875 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
6876 short description of the connection parameters in the
6877 description.
6878
6879 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
6880 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
6881 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
6882 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
6883 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
6884 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
6885 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
6886
6887 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
6888 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
6889 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
6890 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
6891 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
6892 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
6893 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
6894 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
6895 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
6896
6897 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
6898 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
6899 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
6900 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
6901 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
6902 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
6903 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
6904 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6905 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
6906 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
6907 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
6908 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
6909 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
6910 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
6911 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
6912 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
6913 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
6914 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
6915 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
6916 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
6917 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
6918 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
6919 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
6920
6921 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
6922 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
6923 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
6924 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
6925 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
6926 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
6927 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
6928 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
6929 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
6930 that you are aware of the instability of the current
6931 APIs.
6932
6933 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
6934 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
6935 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
6936 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
6937 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
6938 declare the APIs stable.
6939
6940 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
6941 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
6942 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
6943 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
6944 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
6945 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
6946 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
6947 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
6948 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
6949 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
6950 one of them is updated.
6951
6952 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
6953 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
6954 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
6955 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
6956 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
6957
6958 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
6959 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
6960 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
6961 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
6962 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
6963 entry points.
6964
6965 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
6966 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
6967 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
6968 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
6969 been disabled at compile-time.
6970
6971 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
6972 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
6973 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
6974 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
6975
6976 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
6977 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
6978 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
6979
6980 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
6981 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
6982 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
6983
6984 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
6985 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
6986 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
6987
6988 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
6989 remains until jobs expire.
6990
6991 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
6992 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
6993 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
6994 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
6995 all remaining processes of the service.
6996
6997 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
6998 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
6999 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
7000 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
7001 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
7002 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
7003 manager process which created them takes no further
7004 responsibilities for it.
7005
7006 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
7007 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
7008 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
7009 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
7010 marked executable or world-writable.
7011
7012 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
7013 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
7014 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
7015 "--setenv=" for consistency.
7016
7017 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
7018 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
7019 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
7020 independent of the host.
7021
7022 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
7023 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
7024 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
7025 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
7026
7027 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
7028 with specific SELinux labels set.
7029
7030 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
7031 any additional output but the container's own console
7032 output.
7033
7034 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
7035 container without PID namespacing enabled.
7036
7037 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
7038 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
7039 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
7040 OS images, but only specific apps.
7041
7042 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
7043 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
7044 results in registration of the unit service itself in
7045 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
7046
7047 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
7048 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
7049 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
7050 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
7051 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
7052 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
7053
7054 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
7055 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
7056 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
7057 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
7058 units to use.
7059
7060 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
7061 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
7062 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
7063 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
7064
7065 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
7066 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
7067 context for a service.
7068
7069 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
7070 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
7071 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
7072 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
7073 influence this logic.
7074
7075 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
7076 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
7077 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
7078 other things.
7079
7080 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
7081 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
7082 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
7083 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
7084 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
7085 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
7086 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
7087 architectures). There is also a global
7088 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
7089 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
7090
7091 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
7092 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
7093
7094 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
7095 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
7096 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
7097 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
7098 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
7099 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
7100 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
7101 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
7102 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
7103 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
7104 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
7105 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
7106 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7107 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
7108 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7109 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
7110 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
7111 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
7112 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
7113 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
7114 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7115 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
7116 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
7117 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7118
7119 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
7120
7121 CHANGES WITH 208:
7122
7123 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
7124 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
7125 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
7126 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
7127 access input and drm devices which are normally
7128 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
7129 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
7130 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
7131 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
7132 session switching without allowing background sessions to
7133 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
7134 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
7135 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
7136
7137 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
7138 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
7139 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
7140
7141 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
7142 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
7143 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
7144 kernel version number.
7145
7146 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
7147 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
7148 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
7149
7150 * This release removes high-level support for the
7151 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
7152 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
7153 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
7154 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
7155
7156 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
7157 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
7158 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
7159 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
7160 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
7161 cgroup system.
7162
7163 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
7164 messages containing the slice a message was generated
7165 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
7166 logs among other things.
7167
7168 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
7169 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
7170 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
7171 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
7172 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
7173 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
7174 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
7175 journald which would be necessary to resolve
7176 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
7177 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
7178 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
7179 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
7180 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
7181 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
7182 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
7183 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
7184 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
7185 not delayed until next reboot.
7186
7187 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
7188 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
7189 systemd generated files in one directory.
7190
7191 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
7192 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
7193 performance information if that's available to determine how
7194 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
7195 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
7196 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
7197
7198 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
7199 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
7200 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
7201 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7202 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
7203 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
7204 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7205
7206 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
7207
7208 CHANGES WITH 207:
7209
7210 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
7211 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
7212 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
7213 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
7214
7215 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
7216 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
7217 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
7218 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
7219 specified on the kernel command line less important.
7220
7221 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
7222 retrieve the VT number of a session.
7223
7224 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
7225 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
7226 maximum number of tries.
7227
7228 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
7229 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
7230 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
7231
7232 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
7233 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
7234
7235 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
7236 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
7237 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
7238
7239 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
7240 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
7241 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
7242
7243 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
7244 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
7245 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
7246 and type).
7247
7248 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
7249 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
7250
7251 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
7252 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
7253 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
7254 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
7255
7256 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
7257 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
7258 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
7259 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
7260 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
7261 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
7262 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
7263 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
7264
7265 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
7266 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
7267 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
7268 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
7269
7270 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
7271 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
7272 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
7273 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
7274 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
7275 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
7276 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
7277
7278 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
7279 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
7280
7281 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
7282 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
7283 automatically after the process terminated.
7284
7285 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
7286 certain paths from operation.
7287
7288 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
7289 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
7290 is received.
7291
7292 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
7293 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
7294 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
7295 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
7296 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
7297 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
7298 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
7299 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
7300 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
7301 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
7302 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
7303 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
7304 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7305
7306 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
7307
7308 CHANGES WITH 206:
7309
7310 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
7311 concepts introduced with 205.
7312
7313 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
7314 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
7315 -r".
7316
7317 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
7318 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
7319 --state= parameter.
7320
7321 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
7322 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
7323 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
7324 the journal.
7325
7326 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
7327 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
7328 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
7329
7330 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
7331 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
7332 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
7333 browsing logs from that point on.
7334
7335 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
7336 of an FSS key.
7337
7338 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
7339 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
7340 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
7341 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
7342 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
7343 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
7344 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
7345 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
7346 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
7347 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
7348 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
7349 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
7350 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
7351 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
7352
7353 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
7354 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
7355 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
7356 backing module right-away.
7357
7358 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
7359 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
7360
7361 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
7362 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
7363
7364 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
7365 set of processes in the message metadata.
7366
7367 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
7368
7369 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
7370 support for passing performance data via environment
7371 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
7372 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
7373 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
7374 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
7375 deserialize it again.
7376
7377 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
7378 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
7379 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
7380 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
7381
7382 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
7383 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
7384 completely silent shutdown when used.
7385
7386 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
7387 option in .socket units.
7388
7389 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
7390 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
7391 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
7392 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
7393 system.slice as before.
7394
7395 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
7396
7397 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
7398 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
7399 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7400 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
7401 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
7402 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
7403 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7404
7405 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
7406
7407 CHANGES WITH 205:
7408
7409 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
7410
7411 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
7412 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
7413 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
7414 possible for system services and applications to group their
7415 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
7416 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
7417 together, or apply resource limits on them.
7418
7419 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
7420 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
7421 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
7422 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
7423 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
7424
7425 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
7426 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
7427 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
7428 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
7429
7430 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
7431 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
7432 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
7433 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
7434 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
7435 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
7436 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
7437 and useful as a general batch manager.
7438
7439 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
7440 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
7441 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
7442 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
7443 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
7444 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
7445 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
7446 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
7447 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
7448 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
7449
7450 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
7451 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
7452 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
7453 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
7454 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
7455 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
7456 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
7457 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
7458 is compile-time optional.
7459
7460 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
7461 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
7462 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
7463 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
7464 well as slice units.
7465
7466 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
7467 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
7468 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
7469 but will be extended later on to make more properties
7470 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
7471 command that wraps this call.
7472
7473 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
7474 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
7475 while configuring a number of settings via the command
7476 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
7477 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
7478 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
7479 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
7480
7481 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
7482 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
7483 off audit.
7484
7485 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
7486 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
7487
7488 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
7489 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
7490 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
7491 and system logs.
7492
7493 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
7494 snippets extending unit files.
7495
7496 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
7497 not available as public API.
7498
7499 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
7500 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
7501 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
7502
7503 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
7504 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
7505 controls what to boot into by default.
7506
7507 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
7508 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
7509
7510 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
7511 generators needed for execution, as well as information
7512 about the unit file loading.
7513
7514 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
7515 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
7516 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
7517 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
7518 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
7519 racy due to journal file rotation.
7520
7521 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
7522 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
7523 all services.
7524
7525 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
7526 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
7527 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
7528 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
7529 system services want to log events about specific client
7530 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
7531 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
7532 unit is requested.
7533
7534 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
7535 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
7536 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
7537 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
7538 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
7539 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7540 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
7541 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
7542 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
7543 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
7544 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7545 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
7546 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
7547
7548 CHANGES WITH 204:
7549
7550 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
7551 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
7552
7553 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
7554 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
7555 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
7556
7557 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
7558 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7559
7560 CHANGES WITH 203:
7561
7562 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
7563 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
7564
7565 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
7566 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
7567 fields, including the root directory.
7568
7569 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
7570 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
7571 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
7572 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
7573 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
7574 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
7575 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
7576 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
7577 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
7578 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
7579 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
7580
7581 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
7582 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
7583
7584 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
7585 have taken an inhibitor lock.
7586
7587 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
7588 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
7589 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
7590 the local hostname.
7591
7592 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
7593 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
7594 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
7595 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
7596 VMs/containers coming and going.
7597
7598 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
7599 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
7600 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
7601
7602 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
7603 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
7604 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
7605 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
7606
7607 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
7608 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
7609 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
7610
7611 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
7612 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
7613 services. With the container's root directory in
7614 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
7615 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
7616
7617 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
7618 the processes within a certain container.
7619
7620 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
7621 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
7622 check though. Patches welcome!
7623
7624 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
7625 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
7626 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
7627 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
7628 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
7629
7630 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
7631 the passed argument if applicable.
7632
7633 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
7634 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7635 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
7636 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
7637 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
7638 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
7639 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7640 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7641
7642 CHANGES WITH 202:
7643
7644 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
7645 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
7646 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
7647 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
7648 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
7649 units activate.
7650
7651 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
7652 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
7653 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
7654 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
7655 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
7656 for now, and not installable.
7657
7658 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
7659 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
7660 can run in conjunction with udev.
7661
7662 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
7663 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
7664 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
7665 session manager.
7666
7667 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
7668 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
7669 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
7670 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
7671 services, user processes and containers/virtual
7672 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
7673 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7674 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
7675 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
7676 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
7677 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
7678
7679 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
7680
7681 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
7682 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
7683 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
7684 logical expressions.
7685
7686 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
7687 switches.
7688
7689 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
7690 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7691 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
7692 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
7693 the user.
7694
7695 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
7696 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
7697 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
7698 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
7699 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
7700 an entry.
7701
7702 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
7703 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7704 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
7705 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7706 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
7707 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7708
7709 CHANGES WITH 201:
7710
7711 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
7712 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
7713 directory.
7714
7715 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
7716 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
7717 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
7718 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
7719 problem.
7720
7721 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
7722 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
7723 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
7724 before the key file is attempted to be read.
7725
7726 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
7727 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
7728
7729 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
7730 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
7731 files in this context are files such as
7732 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
7733
7734 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
7735 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
7736 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
7737 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
7738 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
7739 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
7740
7741 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
7742 hostnames.
7743
7744 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
7745 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
7746 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
7747 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
7748 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
7749 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
7750 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
7751 all time-related output of systemd.
7752
7753 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
7754 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
7755 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
7756 loops.
7757
7758 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
7759 (models, layouts, variants, options).
7760
7761 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
7762 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
7763 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
7764 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
7765 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
7766
7767 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
7768 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
7769 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
7770 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
7771 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
7772 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
7773 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
7774
7775 CHANGES WITH 200:
7776
7777 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
7778 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
7779 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
7780 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
7781 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
7782 middle ground between physical and access time order.
7783
7784 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
7785 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
7786 images.
7787
7788 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
7789 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
7790 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7791
7792 CHANGES WITH 199:
7793
7794 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
7795
7796 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
7797 security policy.
7798
7799 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
7800 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
7801 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
7802 shared by all processes of a service (which means
7803 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
7804 the same service can still access). When a service is
7805 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
7806 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
7807 this though).
7808
7809 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
7810 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
7811 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
7812 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
7813 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
7814 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
7815
7816 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
7817 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
7818
7819 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
7820 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
7821
7822 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
7823
7824 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
7825 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
7826 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
7827 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
7828 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
7829
7830 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
7831 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
7832 system is to be mounted.
7833
7834 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
7835 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
7836 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
7837 purpose for socket units.
7838
7839 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
7840 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
7841
7842 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
7843 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
7844 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
7845 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
7846 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
7847
7848 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
7849 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
7850 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
7851 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7852 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
7853 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
7854 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7855 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7856 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7857
7858 CHANGES WITH 198:
7859
7860 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
7861 files without having to edit/override the unit files
7862 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
7863 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
7864 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
7865 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
7866 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
7867 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
7868 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
7869 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
7870 unit files locally: copying the files from
7871 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
7872 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
7873 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
7874 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
7875 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
7876 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
7877 for them too.
7878
7879 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
7880 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
7881 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
7882 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
7883 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
7884 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
7885 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
7886 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
7887 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
7888
7889 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
7890 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
7891
7892 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
7893 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
7894 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
7895 other users.
7896
7897 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
7898 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
7899 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
7900 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
7901 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
7902 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
7903 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
7904 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
7905 management logic is also available to other programs via the
7906 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
7907 supported.
7908
7909 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
7910 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
7911 the foreground VT.
7912
7913 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
7914 call.
7915
7916 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
7917 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
7918 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
7919 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
7920 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
7921 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
7922 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
7923 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
7924 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
7925 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
7926 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
7927 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
7928 also been removed.
7929
7930 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
7931 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
7932 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
7933 objects themselves.
7934
7935 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
7936
7937 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
7938 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
7939 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
7940 to how this is supported in shells.
7941
7942 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
7943 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
7944 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
7945 user systemd instance.
7946
7947 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
7948 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
7949 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
7950 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
7951 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
7952 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
7953 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
7954 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
7955 one day for good in the kernel.
7956
7957 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
7958 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
7959 container.
7960
7961 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
7962 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
7963 the host into the container.
7964
7965 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
7966 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
7967 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
7968 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
7969 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
7970 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
7971
7972 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
7973
7974 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
7975 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
7976 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
7977 configured to be mounted there.
7978
7979 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
7980 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
7981 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
7982 system resume events.
7983
7984 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
7985 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
7986 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
7987 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
7988
7989 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
7990 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
7991 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
7992 card).
7993
7994 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
7995 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
7996 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
7997
7998 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
7999 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
8000 later "change" event.
8001
8002 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
8003 now carry a message ID.
8004
8005 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
8006 continues to be work in progress.
8007
8008 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
8009 root directory to operate relative to.
8010
8011 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
8012 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
8013 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
8014 times a little.
8015
8016 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
8017 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
8018 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
8019 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
8020 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
8021 request boot into firmware operations.
8022
8023 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
8024 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
8025 correctly in initrds.
8026
8027 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
8028 compile time optional via a configure switch.
8029
8030 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
8031 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
8032
8033 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
8034 the status of all active or failed units.
8035
8036 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
8037 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
8038 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
8039 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
8040 requests more robust.
8041
8042 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
8043 reading journal files.
8044
8045 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
8046 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
8047
8048 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
8049
8050 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
8051 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
8052
8053 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
8054 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
8055 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
8056 socket activation in daemons.
8057
8058 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
8059 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
8060
8061 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
8062 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
8063 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
8064
8065 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
8066 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
8067 system units.
8068
8069 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
8070 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
8071 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
8072
8073 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
8074 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
8075 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
8076 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
8077 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
8078 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
8079 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
8080 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
8081 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
8082 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
8083 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
8084 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
8085 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
8086 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
8087 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
8088 package installation time.
8089
8090 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
8091 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
8092 scripts need to create these system user/group at
8093 installation time.
8094
8095 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
8096 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
8097
8098 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
8099
8100 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
8101 available.
8102
8103 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
8104 load SMACK policies at early boot.
8105
8106 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
8107 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
8108 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
8109 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
8110 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8111 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
8112 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
8113 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
8114 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
8115 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
8116 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
8117 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8118 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
8119 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
8120
8121 CHANGES WITH 197:
8122
8123 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
8124 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
8125 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
8126 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
8127 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
8128 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
8129 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
8130 the supported calendar time specification language see
8131 systemd.time(7).
8132
8133 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
8134 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
8135 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
8136 document for details:
8137
8138 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
8139
8140 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
8141 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
8142 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8143 implementations around and minimal in its code and
8144 dependencies.
8145
8146 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
8147 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
8148 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
8149 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
8150 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
8151 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
8152 with a configure switch.
8153
8154 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
8155 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
8156 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
8157 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
8158 such as ext4.
8159
8160 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
8161 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
8162 identities are attached to the devices as well.
8163
8164 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
8165 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
8166
8167 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
8168 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
8169 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
8170 using only core OS tools.
8171
8172 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
8173 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
8174 implementation of socket activated nspawn
8175 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
8176 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
8177 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
8178 eventually.
8179
8180 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
8181 presenting log data.
8182
8183 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
8184 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8185
8186 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
8187 system on idle.
8188
8189 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
8190 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
8191 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
8192 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
8193 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
8194 information if possible.
8195
8196 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
8197 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
8198 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
8199
8200 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
8201 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
8202 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
8203 is running on battery power.
8204
8205 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
8206 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
8207 is in the "failed" state.
8208
8209 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
8210 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
8211 environment files at once.
8212
8213 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
8214 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
8215 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
8216 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
8217 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
8218 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
8219 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
8220 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
8221 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
8222 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
8223 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
8224 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
8225 pieces of code locally from the git history.
8226
8227 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
8228 log the unit name in the message meta data.
8229
8230 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
8231 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
8232
8233 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
8234 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
8235 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
8236 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
8237 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
8238 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8239 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
8240 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
8241 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
8242 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
8243 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
8244 shipped from us upstream.
8245
8246 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
8247 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
8248 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
8249 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
8250 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8251 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
8252 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
8253 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
8254 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
8255 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
8256 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
8257 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
8258 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8259
8260 CHANGES WITH 196:
8261
8262 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
8263 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
8264 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
8265 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
8266 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
8267 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
8268 becoming the one central database for non-essential
8269 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
8270 database was only attached to select devices, since the
8271 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
8272 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
8273 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
8274 data for all devices where this is available, by
8275 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
8276 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
8277 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
8278 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
8279 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
8280 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
8281
8282 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
8283 indexed database to link up additional information with
8284 journal entries. For further details please check:
8285
8286 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
8287
8288 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
8289 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
8290 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
8291 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
8292 macro for this purpose.
8293
8294 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
8295 Python logging framework.
8296
8297 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
8298 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
8299 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
8300 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
8301 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
8302 time intervals.
8303
8304 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
8305 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
8306 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
8307
8308 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
8309 right-away on the selected coredump.
8310
8311 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
8312 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
8313 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
8314
8315 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
8316 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
8317 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
8318 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
8319
8320 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
8321 default.
8322
8323 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
8324 SMACK security label.
8325
8326 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
8327 daylight saving change.
8328
8329 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
8330 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
8331 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
8332 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
8333 distributions who still need support this to either continue
8334 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
8335 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
8336
8337 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
8338 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
8339 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
8340 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
8341 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
8342 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
8343 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
8344
8345 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
8346 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
8347
8348 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
8349 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
8350 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
8351 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
8352 offline updating tools.
8353
8354 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
8355 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
8356 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
8357 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
8358 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
8359 directories for packages to place various data files in.
8360
8361 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
8362 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
8363
8364 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
8365 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
8366 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
8367 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8368 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
8369 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
8370 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
8371 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
8372 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8373
8374 CHANGES WITH 195:
8375
8376 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
8377 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
8378 units via --unit=/-u.
8379
8380 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
8381 right thing.
8382
8383 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
8384 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
8385 rotation.
8386
8387 * The journal will now index the available field values for
8388 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
8389 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
8390 completion of journalctl has been updated
8391 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
8392 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
8393
8394 * More service events are now written as structured messages
8395 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
8396
8397 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
8398 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
8399 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
8400 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
8401 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
8402 these settings from the command line now, especially since
8403 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
8404 completion.
8405
8406 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
8407 extract coredumps from the journal.
8408
8409 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
8410 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
8411 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
8412 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
8413 scratch their heads.
8414
8415 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
8416 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
8417
8418 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
8419 in immediate termination of systemd.
8420
8421 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
8422 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
8423
8424 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
8425 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
8426 mouse screen support has been added.
8427
8428 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
8429 Server-Sent-Events as output.
8430
8431 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
8432 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
8433 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
8434 "systemctl reload".
8435
8436 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
8437 -u" instead.
8438
8439 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
8440 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
8441 configured.
8442
8443 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
8444 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
8445
8446 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
8447 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
8448 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
8449 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
8450 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
8451 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
8452 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
8453
8454 CHANGES WITH 194:
8455
8456 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
8457 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
8458 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
8459 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
8460 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
8461 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
8462 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
8463 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
8464 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
8465 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
8466 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
8467 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
8468
8469 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
8470 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
8471 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8472
8473 CHANGES WITH 193:
8474
8475 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
8476 starting from the specified location in the journal.
8477
8478 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
8479 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
8480 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
8481
8482 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
8483 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
8484 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
8485 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
8486 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
8487 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
8488 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
8489
8490 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
8491 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
8492
8493 This will download the journal contents in a
8494 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
8495
8496 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
8497
8498 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
8499 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
8500 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
8501 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
8502 screenshot of this app in its current state:
8503
8504 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
8505
8506 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
8507 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
8508
8509 CHANGES WITH 192:
8510
8511 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
8512 too.
8513
8514 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
8515 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
8516 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
8517 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
8518 just start them.
8519
8520 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
8521 and line break accordingly.
8522
8523 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8524 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
8525
8526 CHANGES WITH 191:
8527
8528 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
8529 container environment, copying the host's timezone
8530 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
8531 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
8532 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
8533
8534 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
8535 will default to 10 if omitted.
8536
8537 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
8538 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
8539 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
8540 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
8541 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
8542
8543 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
8544 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
8545 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
8546 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
8547 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
8548 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
8549 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
8550
8551 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
8552 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
8553 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
8554 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
8555 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
8556 into two.
8557
8558 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
8559 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
8560
8561 CHANGES WITH 190:
8562
8563 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
8564 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
8565 "systemctl status".
8566
8567 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
8568 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8569 system to another place in the same file system could not be
8570 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
8571 field.)
8572
8573 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
8574 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
8575 default.
8576
8577 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
8578 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
8579 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
8580 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
8581 in a container.
8582
8583 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
8584 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
8585 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
8586 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
8587 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
8588 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
8589
8590 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
8591 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
8592 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
8593 no-op.
8594
8595 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
8596 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
8597 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
8598 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
8599 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
8600
8601 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
8602 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
8603
8604 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
8605 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
8606 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
8607 command.
8608
8609 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
8610 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
8611 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
8612
8613 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
8614
8615 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
8616 multiple files at once.
8617
8618 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
8619 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
8620 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
8621 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
8622 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
8623 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
8624 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
8625
8626 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
8627 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
8628 now support specifiers as well.
8629
8630 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
8631 dir: %_presetdir.
8632
8633 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
8634 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
8635
8636 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
8637 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
8638 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
8639 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
8640 anymore.
8641
8642 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
8643 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
8644 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
8645 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
8646
8647 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
8648 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
8649 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
8650
8651 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
8652 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
8653 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
8654 sockets.
8655
8656 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
8657 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
8658 is changed.
8659
8660 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
8661 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
8662 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
8663 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
8664 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
8665 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
8666 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
8667
8668 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
8669
8670 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
8671 the unit file label and client process label into account.
8672
8673 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
8674 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
8675
8676 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
8677 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
8678 (%b).
8679
8680 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
8681 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
8682 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8683 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8684 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
8685 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
8686 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8687
8688 CHANGES WITH 189:
8689
8690 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
8691 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
8692
8693 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
8694 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
8695 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
8696 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
8697 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
8698 syslog daemons again.
8699
8700 * The libudev API gained the new
8701 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
8702
8703 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
8704 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
8705 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
8706 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
8707
8708 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
8709 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
8710 container.
8711
8712 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
8713 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
8714 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
8715 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
8716 this explaining it in more detail.
8717
8718 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
8719 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
8720 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
8721 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
8722
8723 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
8724 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
8725 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
8726 journal files.
8727
8728 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
8729 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
8730 as container init process a lot more fun.
8731
8732 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
8733 entries.
8734
8735 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
8736 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
8737 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
8738 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
8739 different sets of services.
8740
8741 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
8742 failure state.
8743
8744 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
8745 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
8746 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8747
8748 CHANGES WITH 188:
8749
8750 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
8751 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
8752 tree a lot more organized.
8753
8754 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
8755 may be used to group services in a natural way.
8756
8757 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
8758 services.
8759
8760 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
8761 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
8762 filtering by log level now.
8763
8764 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
8765 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
8766 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
8767
8768 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
8769 command lines involving service unit names.
8770
8771 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
8772 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
8773
8774 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
8775 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
8776 and encodes structured information about the error number.
8777
8778 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
8779 option.
8780
8781 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
8782 a shutdown is cancelled.
8783
8784 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
8785 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
8786 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
8787 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
8788 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
8789
8790 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
8791 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
8792 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
8793 for display managers instead.
8794
8795 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
8796 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
8797 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
8798 protection, and suchlike.
8799
8800 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
8801 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
8802 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
8803 the service.
8804
8805 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
8806 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
8807 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
8808 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
8809 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
8810 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8811
8812 CHANGES WITH 187:
8813
8814 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
8815 pages.
8816
8817 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
8818 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
8819 data loss.
8820
8821 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
8822 option.
8823
8824 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
8825
8826 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
8827 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
8828
8829 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
8830 specific directory.
8831
8832 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
8833 messages of two different boots.
8834
8835 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
8836 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
8837 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
8838
8839 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
8840 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
8841 disjunctions.
8842
8843 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
8844 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
8845 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
8846
8847 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
8848 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
8849 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
8850
8851 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
8852 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
8853 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
8854 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
8855 speed things up a bit.
8856
8857 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
8858 header data of journal files.
8859
8860 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
8861 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
8862 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
8863
8864 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
8865 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
8866 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
8867 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
8868
8869 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8870
8871 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
8872 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
8873 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
8874 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8875
8876 CHANGES WITH 186:
8877
8878 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
8879 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
8880 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
8881 prefixed with rd.
8882
8883 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
8884 automatically generated at boot. Use:
8885
8886 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
8887
8888 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
8889
8890 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
8891
8892 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
8893 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
8894 as well.
8895
8896 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
8897 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
8898 in all appropriate directories automatically.
8899
8900 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
8901 does the right thing. Example:
8902
8903 udevadm info /dev/sda
8904 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
8905
8906 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
8907 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
8908 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
8909 running.
8910
8911 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
8912 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
8913
8914 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
8915 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
8916
8917 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
8918 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
8919 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
8920 files.
8921
8922 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
8923 be stopped that is not loaded.
8924
8925 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
8926
8927 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
8928
8929 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
8930 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
8931 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
8932 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
8933
8934 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
8935 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
8936 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
8937 completed initialization.
8938
8939 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
8940
8941 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
8942 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
8943 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
8944 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
8945 distributions.
8946
8947 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
8948 always valid when services log to the journal via
8949 STDOUT/STDERR.
8950
8951 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
8952 command line options we understand.
8953
8954 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
8955 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
8956
8957 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
8958 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
8959
8960 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
8961 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
8962 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
8963 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
8964
8965 systemctl status /home
8966 systemctl status /dev/sda
8967
8968 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
8969 system.conf parsing.
8970
8971 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
8972 Manager object.
8973
8974 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
8975
8976 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
8977
8978 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
8979 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
8980 complete.
8981
8982 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
8983 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
8984 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
8985 systemd-fsck@.service.
8986
8987 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
8988 Manager object.
8989
8990 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
8991 work sensibly.
8992
8993 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
8994 we actually understand.
8995
8996 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
8997 additional capabilities to the container.
8998
8999 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
9000 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
9001 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
9002
9003 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
9004 the current boot only.
9005
9006 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
9007 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
9008
9009 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
9010 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
9011 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
9012 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
9013 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
9014
9015 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
9016
9017 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
9018 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9019 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
9020 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
9021
9022 CHANGES WITH 185:
9023
9024 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
9025 available.
9026
9027 * Several new man pages have been added.
9028
9029 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
9030 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
9031 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
9032 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
9033
9034 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
9035 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
9036
9037 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
9038 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
9039 Matthias Clasen
9040
9041 CHANGES WITH 184:
9042
9043 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
9044 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
9045
9046 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
9047 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
9048 daemon.
9049
9050 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
9051 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
9052
9053 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
9054 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
9055 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
9056 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
9057
9058 CHANGES WITH 183:
9059
9060 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
9061 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
9062 and systemd's most recent version number.
9063
9064 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
9065 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
9066 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
9067 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
9068 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
9069 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
9070
9071 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
9072 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
9073 subsystems.
9074
9075 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
9076 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
9077 used to subscribe to events.
9078
9079 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
9080 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
9081 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
9082 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
9083 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
9084 forked by udev rules.
9085
9086 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
9087 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
9088 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
9089 it.
9090
9091 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
9092 udev_monitor_from_socket()
9093 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
9094 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
9095 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
9096
9097 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9098 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
9099
9100 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
9101 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
9102 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
9103 the files to the new names on upgrade.
9104
9105 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
9106 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
9107 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
9108 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
9109 to be used as drop-in files.
9110
9111 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
9112 particular suspending and hibernating.
9113
9114 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
9115 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
9116 about this in more detail.
9117
9118 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
9119 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
9120 places). Distributions which have not converted these
9121 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
9122 from git history and add them downstream.
9123
9124 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
9125 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
9126 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
9127 units.
9128
9129 * All smaller setup units (such as
9130 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
9131 are run in a container and are skipped when
9132 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
9133 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
9134
9135 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
9136 integrated, for details see:
9137 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
9138
9139 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
9140 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
9141 messages.
9142
9143 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
9144 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
9145 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
9146 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
9147 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
9148
9149 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
9150 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
9151 for all units started by PID 1.
9152
9153 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
9154 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
9155 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
9156
9157 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
9158 of PID 1 anymore.
9159
9160 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
9161 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
9162 have not been read by systemd yet.
9163
9164 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
9165 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
9166 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
9167 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
9168 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
9169 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
9170
9171 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
9172 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
9173
9174 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
9175
9176 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
9177 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
9178 so sexy.
9179
9180 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
9181 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
9182 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
9183 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
9184 patterns.
9185
9186 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
9187 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
9188 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
9189 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
9190
9191 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
9192 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
9193
9194 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
9195 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
9196 in systemd now.
9197
9198 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
9199 ID on the command line.
9200
9201 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
9202 for an init system.
9203
9204 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
9205 vt100.
9206
9207 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
9208
9209 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
9210 components now have directories of their own.
9211
9212 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
9213
9214 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
9215 container in other hierarchies.
9216
9217 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
9218 system.conf.
9219
9220 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
9221
9222 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
9223 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
9224
9225 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
9226 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
9227
9228 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
9229 locally generated journal files.
9230
9231 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
9232
9233 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
9234
9235 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
9236 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
9237 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
9238 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
9239 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
9240 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
9241 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9242 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
9243 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9244 Gundersen
9245
9246 CHANGES WITH 44:
9247
9248 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9249
9250 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
9251 KVM or container configured UUID.
9252
9253 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
9254
9255 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
9256
9257 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
9258 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
9259
9260 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
9261
9262 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
9263 folks
9264
9265 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
9266 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
9267 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
9268
9269 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
9270 configuration
9271
9272 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
9273 free fashion
9274
9275 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
9276 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
9277 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
9278 automatically generated data.
9279
9280 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
9281 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
9282 however.
9283
9284 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
9285 tarball.
9286
9287 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
9288 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
9289 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
9290 Reding
9291
9292 CHANGES WITH 43:
9293
9294 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9295
9296 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
9297
9298 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
9299
9300 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
9301 normal user logins.
9302
9303 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
9304 Biebl
9305
9306 CHANGES WITH 42:
9307
9308 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
9309
9310 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
9311 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
9312 xsltproc.
9313
9314 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
9315 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
9316 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
9317
9318 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
9319 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
9320 reboot can automatically be triggered.
9321
9322 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
9323
9324 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
9325 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9326 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
9327
9328 CHANGES WITH 41:
9329
9330 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
9331 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
9332 package update.
9333
9334 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
9335 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
9336 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
9337
9338 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
9339 complete.
9340
9341 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
9342 understood to set system wide environment variables
9343 dynamically at boot.
9344
9345 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
9346
9347 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
9348 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
9349 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
9350 files.
9351
9352 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9353 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
9354 William Douglas
9355
9356 CHANGES WITH 40:
9357
9358 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9359
9360 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
9361 "Result" D-Bus property.
9362
9363 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
9364 the next few releases.)
9365
9366 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
9367 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
9368 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
9369 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
9370
9371 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
9372 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
9373 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
9374
9375 CHANGES WITH 39:
9376
9377 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
9378 bugfixes.
9379
9380 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
9381 resource usage.
9382
9383 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
9384 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
9385 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
9386 journals by the respective users.
9387
9388 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
9389 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
9390 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
9391
9392 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
9393 client for all entries.
9394
9395 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
9396
9397 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
9398 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
9399
9400 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
9401 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
9402 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
9403 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
9404
9405 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
9406 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
9407 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
9408
9409 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
9410 journal along with meta data.
9411
9412 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
9413 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
9414 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
9415
9416 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
9417 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
9418 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
9419
9420 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
9421
9422 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
9423 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
9424 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
9425 or fsck.
9426
9427 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
9428 requested with new -k switch.
9429
9430 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9431 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
9432
9433 CHANGES WITH 38:
9434
9435 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
9436 bugfixes.
9437
9438 * The git repository moved to:
9439 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
9440 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
9441
9442 * First release with the journal
9443 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
9444
9445 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
9446 systemd-stdout-bridge.
9447
9448 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
9449
9450 * Many systemadm clean-ups
9451
9452 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
9453 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
9454 remote mounts.
9455
9456 * Added Mageia support
9457
9458 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
9459
9460 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
9461 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
9462 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
9463 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
9464 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
9465
9466 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
9467 of existing distributions.
9468
9469 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
9470 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
9471
9472 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
9473 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
9474 boot.
9475
9476 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
9477
9478 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
9479 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
9480 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
9481 among other things.
9482
9483 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
9484 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
9485
9486 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
9487
9488 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
9489 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
9490 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
9491
9492 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
9493 restored.
9494
9495 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
9496 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
9497 kmod
9498
9499 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
9500 of /usr/local by default.
9501
9502 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
9503 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
9504 in:
9505 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
9506
9507 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
9508 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
9509 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
9510 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
9511 supported anyway, and bad style).
9512
9513 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
9514 reloading of units together.
9515
9516 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
9517 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
9518 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9519 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
9520 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek